[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023033159A1 - Laminate, package, and packaged article - Google Patents

Laminate, package, and packaged article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023033159A1
WO2023033159A1 PCT/JP2022/033185 JP2022033185W WO2023033159A1 WO 2023033159 A1 WO2023033159 A1 WO 2023033159A1 JP 2022033185 W JP2022033185 W JP 2022033185W WO 2023033159 A1 WO2023033159 A1 WO 2023033159A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
laminate
polyethylene
film
molecular orientation
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2022/033185
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
吏里 北原
俊一 塩川
暢之 清水
和敬 盧
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Toppan Inc
Original Assignee
Toppan Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toppan Inc filed Critical Toppan Inc
Priority to JP2023545705A priority Critical patent/JPWO2023033159A1/ja
Publication of WO2023033159A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023033159A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/40Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyurethanes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/03Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers with respect to the orientation of features
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B9/00Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D65/00Wrappers or flexible covers; Packaging materials of special type or form
    • B65D65/38Packaging materials of special type or form
    • B65D65/40Applications of laminates for particular packaging purposes
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02WCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT OR WASTE MANAGEMENT
    • Y02W30/00Technologies for solid waste management
    • Y02W30/50Reuse, recycling or recovery technologies
    • Y02W30/80Packaging reuse or recycling, e.g. of multilayer packaging

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to laminates, packages and packaged goods.
  • packaging materials used for packaging bags, etc. Various characteristics are required for the packaging materials used for packaging bags, etc., depending on the application. Examples of required properties include heat resistance, transparency, strength, gas barrier properties, suitability for bag making, suitability for printing, suitability for transportation, etc., which are required as packaging materials. In order to sufficiently satisfy such various performances, conventionally, it has been common practice to combine a plurality of types of synthetic resin films having different properties.
  • a resin film made of polyethylene cannot be used alone as a base material for packaging materials because it is inferior in terms of strength and heat resistance.
  • packaging materials with high recyclability are in demand.
  • packaging materials with a main resin content of 90% by mass or more are highly recyclable.
  • conventional packaging materials are composed of different types of resin materials as described above, and it is difficult to separate each resin material after use, so it was not possible to recycle each material. Therefore, even if a package made of conventional packaging materials is recovered, it can only be recovered and used as heat by burning it. is the current situation.
  • the sealant layers of the laminate are usually put together and heat-sealed (heat-sealed) by applying pressure to a high-temperature jig from the outer surface side of the base material layer of the laminate and sandwiching them.
  • the jig of the heat-sealing machine is at a high temperature, and the outer surface side of the base material layer, which is in direct contact with the jig, is exposed to high temperature.
  • Patent Document 1 proposes a technique for making the layer structure of the packaging film as simple as possible from the viewpoint of recycling. That is, focusing on the fact that polyethylene single-layer films have problems with blocking resistance and unsealability (ease of opening) when used as a package, in order to improve this, on the polyethylene-containing base layer, A packaging film has been proposed which is provided with a resin-containing coating layer whose glass transition temperature satisfies specific conditions on a polyethylene-containing substrate.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a laminate that is mainly made of polyethylene and has excellent heat resistance.
  • a substrate layer, an adhesive layer and a sealant layer are provided in this order, the substrate layer and the sealant layer contain polyethylene, and the substrate layer is measured by a microwave method.
  • a laminate in which the absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation is 1.07 or more.
  • the laminate according to the above aspect further comprising an intermediate layer interposed between the base layer and the sealant layer and containing polyethylene.
  • the intermediate layer has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or less.
  • the intermediate layer has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more.
  • a laminate according to any of the above aspects further comprising a protective layer as an outermost layer facing the sealant layer with the base layer interposed therebetween.
  • the laminate according to the aspect above wherein the protective layer is made of a thermosetting resin.
  • a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the substrate layer is a biaxially stretched film.
  • a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the substrate layer is a uniaxially stretched film.
  • a laminate according to any one of the aspects above, further comprising a gas barrier layer interposed between the base material layer and the sealant layer.
  • a package according to the above aspect which is a standing pouch.
  • a packaged article including a package according to any one of the above aspects and contents housed therein.
  • a laminate that is mainly made of polyethylene and has excellent heat resistance is provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a first embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a second embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a third embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fourth embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fifth embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a sixth embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to a seventh embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to an eighth embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to a ninth embodiment of the invention.
  • AA on BB is used regardless of the direction of gravity.
  • the condition identified by the statement “AA on BB” encompasses the condition where AA is in contact with BB.
  • Reference to “AA over BB” does not exclude the interposition of one or more other components between AA and BB.
  • Laminate Fig. 1 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • a laminate 10A shown in FIG. 1 includes a substrate layer 2, a gas barrier layer 3, a printing layer 4, an adhesive layer 5, and a sealant layer 6 in this order.
  • the ratio of polyethylene in the laminate 10A is 90% by mass or more.
  • the ratio of polyethylene in the laminate 10A means the ratio of the total amount of polyethylene to the total amount of the resin material in each layer constituting the laminate 10A. High recyclability can be achieved by setting the proportion of polyethylene to 90% by mass or more.
  • the base material layer 2 contains polyethylene.
  • Polyethylene may be a homopolymer of ethylene or a copolymer of ethylene and other monomers. When polyethylene is a copolymer of ethylene and other monomers, the proportion of ethylene in the copolymer is, for example, 80 mol % or more.
  • ⁇ -olefins include ⁇ -olefins.
  • the ⁇ -olefins range from 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Such ⁇ -olefins are, for example, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-octene, 1-decene, 1-dodecene, 1-tetradecene, 1-hexadecene, 1-octadecene, 1- eicosene, 3-methyl-1-butene, 4-methyl-1-pentene, or 6-methyl-1-heptene.
  • the polyethylene may be a copolymer of ethylene and one of vinyl acetate and acrylic acid ester.
  • the base material layer 2 is, for example, high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), or very low density polyethylene (VLDPE).
  • high-density polyethylene and medium-density polyethylene are preferable from the viewpoint of the printability, strength and heat resistance of the laminate 10A and the film stretchability, and medium-density polyethylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stretchability.
  • high-density polyethylene has a density of 0.942 g/cm 3 or more
  • medium-density polyethylene has a density of 0.930 g/cm 3 or more and less than 0.942 g/cm 3
  • low-density polyethylene has a density of is 0.910 g/cm 3 or more and less than 0.930 g/cm 3
  • the linear low density polyethylene has a density of 0.910 g/cm 3 or more and less than 0.930 g/cm 3
  • the ultra-low density polyethylene has a density of is less than 0.910 g/cm 3
  • the density is a value obtained by a method conforming to JIS K7112:1999.
  • the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 may be biomass-derived polyethylene.
  • biomass-derived polyethylene for example, green polyethylene (manufactured by Braskem) can be used.
  • the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 may be polyethylene recycled by mechanical recycling.
  • mechanical recycling means pulverizing the recovered polyethylene film or the like, then cleaning the pulverized film with alkali to remove dirt and foreign matter on the film surface, and then drying it at high temperature and under reduced pressure. It is to decontaminate the polyethylene film by dispersing the retained contaminants.
  • the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 may be polyethylene recycled by chemical recycling.
  • the base material layer 2 has an absolute value of 1.07 or more for the degree of molecular orientation measured by the microwave method (that is, Microwave Orientation Ratio; MOR).
  • the absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by the microwave method is also simply referred to as the "degree of molecular orientation" in this specification.
  • the degree of molecular orientation is an index representing the extent to which the directions of molecular chains are aligned. That is, a high degree of molecular orientation means that the directions of the molecular chains are aligned.
  • a layer with a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more is excellent in heat resistance, and a film with a high degree of molecular orientation has a small spherulite size, so that it is excellent in transparency and can sufficiently ensure visibility.
  • by increasing the degree of molecular orientation it is possible to impart toughness to the film, thereby improving impact resistance and puncture resistance.
  • the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is preferably 1.10 or more, more preferably 1.15 or more, still more preferably 1.20 or more, still more preferably 1.25 or more, and still more preferably 1.30 or more. . By increasing the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2, the above effect can be further improved.
  • the upper limit of the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 2.0 or less, 1.8 or less, or 1.5 or less.
  • the degree of molecular orientation of the base material layer 2 is determined by the density of the resin (especially polyethylene) used for the base material layer 2, in addition to the drawing conditions such as the draw ratio in each of the MD direction (machine direction) and the TD direction (transverse direction). , type of comonomer, molecular weight, molecular weight distribution, manufacturing method, and other factors.
  • the rheological properties of the molten resin when the resin film is stretched are also factors that affect the degree of molecular orientation. Even when stretching is performed at the same draw ratio, the degree of molecular orientation can be adjusted by changing the various factors described above. Further, the degree of molecular orientation can also be adjusted when a shear stress is applied to the molten resin in the film forming stage.
  • the degree of molecular orientation is measured by the microwave method as described above. That is, the degree of molecular orientation is measured by a perturbation method using a microwave cavity. Specifically, the degree of molecular orientation can be measured using a microwave type molecular orientation meter such as a molecular orientation meter MOA-5012A (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.).
  • a microwave-type molecular orientation meter rotates a sheet-shaped sample in a microwave polarized electric field, and measures the orientation of the molecular chains in the sheet from the interaction between the microwave electric field and the dipoles that make up the polymer material. It is.
  • a sample having a square shape with a side length of 35 mm and a thickness of 2 mm or less is used, and the measurement frequency is 12.0 GHz to 13.0 GHz. .0 GHz range.
  • the degree of molecular orientation is measured for each of a plurality of locations on the substrate layer 2 , and the average value of the obtained degrees of molecular orientation is obtained as the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 .
  • the plurality of locations of the base material layer 2 are, for example, the central portion and end portions of the base material layer 2 .
  • the base material layer 2 is preferably a stretched film.
  • the substrate layer 2 may be a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film.
  • film does not include the concept of thickness.
  • Using a uniaxially stretched film as the base material layer 2 improves the heat resistance during bag making.
  • a biaxially stretched film is used as the base material layer 2
  • the drop strength of the packaged article using the laminate 10A as the packaging material is improved.
  • Whether the stretched film is a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film can be determined by performing in-plane measurement using a wide-angle X-ray diffraction method, as described below.
  • the X-ray diffraction pattern obtained by this measurement contains information on the degree of orientation of molecular chains present on the film surface. An example of the measurement method is shown.
  • out-of-plane measurement is performed by the parallel beam method.
  • An X-ray diffraction pattern of the film to be measured is obtained by 2 ⁇ / ⁇ scanning over a range of diffraction angles of 10° to 30°.
  • CuK ⁇ rays are used as the X-rays, and the X-rays are collimated by a multilayer film mirror and made incident on the base material layer 1 .
  • a scintillation detector with a flat plate collimator is used as the light receiving unit.
  • the peak area of the crystalline component and the halo pattern area of the amorphous component are obtained, and the ratio of the peak area of the crystalline component to the total area is calculated as the degree of crystallinity.
  • the crystallinity of one of the outermost surfaces of the film is measured.
  • the film to be measured is a polyethylene film
  • scanning at a diffraction angle of 10° to 30° reveals two sharp crystal component peaks corresponding to the (110) plane and the (200) plane, A broad halo pattern of the amorphous component is observed.
  • the film to be measured is a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film
  • in-plane measurement by the X-ray diffraction method, as described above.
  • the X-ray incident angle ⁇ and the angle 2 ⁇ at which the diffracted X-rays are detected by the detector correspond to the specific crystal planes in the above out-of-plane measurement.
  • Diffraction peaks for example, the angle ⁇ and angle 2 ⁇ when the diffraction peak corresponding to the (110) plane of a polyethylene film is detected are fixed, and in this state, the film to be measured is scanned in the in-plane direction. to obtain a diffraction pattern.
  • in-plane measurement is performed on a uniaxially stretched film uniaxially stretched in the machine direction (MD)
  • MD direction is defined as 0 °
  • a sharp diffraction peak corresponding to the (110) plane is formed at an angle 2 ⁇ of about
  • a diffraction pattern with positions of ⁇ 90° can be obtained.
  • biaxially stretched film the higher-order structure obtained by the uniaxial stretching is disturbed by the second stretching, and the anisotropy is reduced.
  • a diffraction pattern having a uniform diffraction peak cannot be obtained. Therefore, in-plane measurements can be cited as one method of distinguishing monoaxially and biaxially stretched films from each other.
  • a higher-order structure When a polymer film is uniaxially stretched, a higher-order structure called a shish kebab structure appears.
  • the shish kebab structure consists of a shish structure, which is an extended chain crystal, and a kebab structure, which is a lamellar crystal.
  • this higher-order structure In a uniaxially stretched film, this higher-order structure is arranged with a high degree of order, so the X-ray diffraction pattern obtained by the above measurement for the uniaxially stretched film will contain sharp diffraction peaks. That is, when the above measurement is performed on the uniaxially stretched film, a clear diffraction peak appears.
  • a "clear diffraction peak” means a diffraction peak with a half width of less than 10°.
  • the uniaxially stretched film and the biaxially stretched film have different X-ray diffraction patterns obtained by the above measurement. Therefore, based on this, it is possible to determine whether the stretched film is a monoaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film.
  • the stretching ratios of the stretched film in the machine direction (MD) and the transverse direction (TD) are preferably 2 to 10 times, more preferably 3 to 7 times.
  • the strength and heat resistance of the laminate 10A can be improved, and the printability of the base material layer 2 can be improved.
  • the transparency of the substrate layer 2 can be improved by setting the stretching ratio in the MD direction or the TD direction to 2 times or more, the visibility of the contents and the printed layer can be improved.
  • the upper limit of the stretching ratio in the MD direction and the TD direction of the stretched film is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the breaking limit of the stretched film, it is preferably 10 times or less.
  • the film can be produced by a known production method such as a casting method or an inflation method. It is also possible to use, as the substrate layer 2, a multi-layered polyethylene film obtained by co-extrusion of polyethylenes having different densities.
  • a multi-layered structure comprising a layer made of high density polyethylene (high density polyethylene layer) and a layer made of medium density polyethylene (medium density polyethylene layer) may be used.
  • high density polyethylene layer high density polyethylene layer
  • medium density polyethylene layer medium density polyethylene layer
  • the haze of the base material layer 2 is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less. Such a base material layer 2 can improve the visibility of the contents and the printed layer.
  • the haze is a value obtained by a method conforming to JIS K7136:2000.
  • the thickness of the base material layer 2 is preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 15 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m. If the base material layer 2 is too thin, the strength of the laminate 10A tends to decrease. Moreover, if the base material layer 2 is too thick, the processability of 10 A of laminated bodies will fall easily.
  • the base material layer 2 is preferably surface-treated. According to this treatment, the adhesion between the substrate layer 2 and the layer adjacent to the substrate layer 2 can be improved.
  • the surface treatment method is not particularly limited.
  • Surface treatments include, for example, corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, low-temperature plasma treatment using oxygen gas and/or nitrogen gas, physical treatment such as glow discharge treatment, and chemical treatment such as oxidation treatment using chemicals. processing.
  • the base material layer 2 may further contain additives.
  • additives include cross-linking agents, antioxidants, anti-blocking agents, slip agents, UV absorbers, light stabilizers, fillers, reinforcing agents, antistatic agents, pigments, and modifying resins. is mentioned.
  • the proportion of polyethylene in the base material layer 2 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more.
  • the substrate layer 2 consists of polyethylene.
  • the base layer 2 consists of polyethylene and additives.
  • the gas barrier layer 3 improves, for example, the oxygen barrier property and the water vapor barrier property of the laminate 10A.
  • the gas barrier layer 3 consists of an inorganic compound layer, or consists of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer.
  • the gas barrier layer 3 is composed of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer, it is preferable to laminate the inorganic compound layer and the coating layer in this order from the substrate layer 2 side.
  • the gas barrier layer 3 may be formed by coating, or may be formed by depositing an inorganic compound.
  • Examples of inorganic compounds contained in the inorganic compound layer include metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, magnesium oxide, and tin oxide.
  • the inorganic compound layer is preferably a deposited film made of, for example, a metal oxide.
  • the metal oxide may be selected from the group consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon oxide and magnesium oxide.
  • the metal oxide is selected from aluminum oxide and silicon oxide.
  • the film thickness of the deposited film made of aluminum oxide is preferably 5 nm or more and 30 nm or less. Sufficient gas-barrier property can be obtained as a film thickness is 5 nm or more. Further, when the film thickness is 30 nm or less, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of cracks due to deformation due to internal stress of the thin film, and to suppress deterioration of gas barrier properties. If the film thickness exceeds 30 nm, the cost tends to increase due to an increase in the amount of material used and an increase in film formation time, which is not preferable from an economic point of view. From the same point of view as above, the film thickness of the deposited film made of aluminum oxide is more preferably 7 nm or more and 15 nm or less.
  • the film thickness of the deposited film made of silicon oxide is preferably 10 nm or more and 50 nm or less. Sufficient gas-barrier property can be obtained as a film thickness is 10 nm or more. Further, when the film thickness is 50 nm or less, it is possible to suppress the generation of cracks due to deformation due to internal stress of the thin film, and to suppress deterioration of gas barrier properties. If the film thickness exceeds 50 nm, it is not preferable from an economical point of view because the cost tends to increase due to an increase in the amount of material used and an increase in film formation time. From the same viewpoint as above, the film thickness of the deposited film made of silicon oxide is more preferably 20 nm or more and 40 nm or less.
  • the inorganic compound layer can be formed, for example, by vacuum deposition.
  • a physical vapor deposition method or a chemical vapor deposition method can be used.
  • the physical vapor deposition method include a vacuum deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, and the like, but are not limited to these.
  • the chemical vapor deposition method include a thermal CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method, a plasma CVD method, an optical CVD method, and the like, but are not limited to these.
  • the resistance heating vacuum deposition method In the vacuum film formation, the resistance heating vacuum deposition method, the EB (Electron Beam) heating vacuum deposition method, the induction heating vacuum deposition method, the sputtering method, the reactive sputtering method, the dual magnetron sputtering method, and the plasma chemical vapor deposition method. (PECVD method) and the like are particularly preferably used. However, in terms of productivity, the vacuum deposition method is currently the best.
  • a heating means for the vacuum vapor deposition method it is preferable to use any one of an electron beam heating method, a resistance heating method, and an induction heating method.
  • a known anchor coating agent may be used to form an anchor coating layer on the surface of the substrate layer 2 on which the inorganic compound layer is formed. Thereby, the adhesion of the inorganic compound layer made of metal oxide can be improved.
  • anchor coating agents include polyester-based polyurethane resins and polyether-based polyurethane resins. From the viewpoint of heat resistance and interlayer adhesive strength, the anchor coating agent is preferably a polyester-based polyurethane resin.
  • the coating layer can be formed, for example, by coating.
  • a coating liquid containing resin such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinylidene chloride, polyacrylonitrile, and epoxy resin can be used.
  • Additives such as organic or inorganic particles, layered compounds, and curing agents may be added to the coating liquid.
  • the coating layer is, for example, an organic-inorganic composite layer containing at least one of a metal alkoxide, a hydrolyzate of a metal alkoxide, and a reaction product of a metal alkoxide or a hydrolyzate of a metal alkoxide, and a water-soluble polymer. good.
  • the organic-inorganic composite layer further contains at least one of a silane coupling agent, a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent, and a reaction product of the silane coupling agent or the hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent. good.
  • Metal alkoxides and hydrolysates thereof contained in the organic-inorganic composite layer include, for example, tetraethoxysilane [Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 4 ] and triisopropoxyaluminum [Al(OC 3 H 7 ) 3 ]. Included are those represented by the formula M(OR) n , as well as hydrolysates thereof. In the general formula above, M represents a metal and R represents an alkyl group. One of these may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the total content of the metal alkoxide, its hydrolyzate, or their reaction product in the coating liquid used to form the organic-inorganic composite layer may be, for example, 40% by mass or more from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. It may be at least 65% by mass. Moreover, the total content of the metal alkoxide, its hydrolyzate, or reaction product thereof in the coating liquid may be, for example, 70% by mass or less.
  • the water-soluble polymer contained in the organic-inorganic composite layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyvinyl alcohol, polysaccharides such as starch, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, and hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as acrylic polyol. From the viewpoint of further improving the oxygen gas barrier property, the water-soluble polymer preferably contains a polyvinyl alcohol-based water-soluble polymer.
  • the water-soluble polymer has a number average molecular weight of, for example, 40,000 to 180,000.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based water-soluble polymer contained in the organic-inorganic composite layer can be obtained, for example, by saponifying polyvinyl acetate (including partial saponification).
  • This water-soluble polymer may have several tens of percent of acetic acid groups remaining, or may have only several percent of acetic acid groups remaining.
  • the content of the water-soluble polymer in the coating liquid used for forming the organic-inorganic composite layer may be, for example, 15% by mass or more, or 20% by mass or more from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. Moreover, the content of the water-soluble polymer in the coating liquid may be, for example, 50% by mass or less, or 45% by mass or less from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties.
  • Silane coupling agents used in the organic-inorganic composite layer include silane coupling agents having organic functional groups.
  • silane coupling agents include ethyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ -chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. methoxysilane, ⁇ -methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and the like.
  • a silane coupling agent selected from these, a hydrolyzate thereof and a reaction product thereof can be used singly or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • silane coupling agent it is preferable to use one having an epoxy group as an organic functional group.
  • Silane coupling agents having an epoxy group include, for example, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and ⁇ -(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane.
  • a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group may have an organic functional group different from the epoxy group, such as a vinyl group, an amino group, a methacryl group or a ureyl group.
  • a silane coupling agent selected from these, a hydrolyzate thereof and a reaction product thereof can be used singly or in combination of two or more thereof.
  • a silane coupling agent having an organic functional group, a hydrolyzate thereof, or a reaction product thereof enhances the oxygen barrier property of the organic-inorganic composite layer and the adjacent It is possible to further improve the adhesion with the layer to be coated.
  • the silane coupling agent, its hydrolyzate, or reaction product thereof has an epoxy group
  • the water-soluble polymer is polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • the total content of the silane coupling agent, its hydrolyzate and their reaction products in the coating liquid used to form the organic-inorganic composite layer may be, for example, 1% by mass or more from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. , 2% by mass or more. Further, the total content of the silane coupling agent, its hydrolyzate, and their reaction products in the coating liquid may be, for example, 15% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. you can
  • the thickness of the coating layer is preferably 50 nm or more and 1000 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or more and 500 nm or less.
  • the thickness of the gas barrier coating layer is 50 nm or more, it tends to be possible to obtain more sufficient gas barrier properties, and when it is 1000 nm or less, it tends to be able to maintain sufficient flexibility.
  • the gas barrier layer 3 is preferably subjected to the surface treatment described above. Thereby, the adhesion between the gas barrier layer 3 and the adjacent layer can be improved.
  • a nanocomposite may be used as the material for the gas barrier layer 3 .
  • the printed layer 4 is a layer made of ink and displays patterns such as characters and pictures.
  • the inks are, for example, conventionally used ink binder resins such as urethane, acrylic, nitrocellulose, rubber, and vinyl chloride, various pigments, extenders, plasticizers, desiccants, stabilizers, etc. of additives are added.
  • As the ink it is preferable to use biomass-derived ink.
  • a light-shielding ink can also be preferably used. Examples of light-shielding ink include white ink, black ink, silver ink, and sepia ink.
  • Examples of methods for forming the printed layer 4 include known printing methods such as offset printing, gravure printing, flexographic printing and silk screen printing, and known coating methods such as roll coating, knife edge coating, and gravure coating. method can be used.
  • water-based flexographic printing is preferable from the viewpoint of environmental problems, as it has a small printing load on the substrate layer.
  • the adhesive layer 5 contains at least one type of adhesive.
  • the adhesive may be a one-component curable adhesive, a two-component curable adhesive, or a non-curable adhesive. Further, the adhesive may be a non-solvent adhesive or a solvent adhesive.
  • adhesives examples include polyether adhesives, polyester adhesives, silicone adhesives, epoxy adhesives such as polyamine adhesives, urethane adhesives, rubber adhesives, vinyl adhesives, and silicone adhesives. adhesives, epoxy adhesives, phenol adhesives and olefin adhesives. Adhesives containing biomass components can also be preferably used.
  • an epoxy-based adhesive such as a polyamine-based adhesive having gas barrier properties, or a urethane-based adhesive such as a polyester/polyurethane-based adhesive is preferably used.
  • gas barrier adhesives include "Maxieve” manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company and "Paslim” manufactured by DIC.
  • the adhesive layer 5 may be a cured product of a resin composition containing a polyester polyol, an isocyanate compound and a phosphoric acid-modified compound. Such an adhesive layer 5 can further improve the oxygen barrier properties and water vapor barrier properties of the laminate 10A.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, even more preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ⁇ m. .
  • the adhesive layer 5 is applied onto the sealant layer 6 by a conventionally known method such as a direct gravure roll coating method, a gravure roll coating method, a kiss coating method, a reverse roll coating method, a fonten method and a transfer roll coating method, and then dried. It can be formed by
  • the sealant layer 6 contains polyethylene.
  • the polyethylene for example, the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 can be used.
  • the sealant layer 6 is preferably low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) or very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), more preferably linear low density polyethylene.
  • polyethylene is preferably biomass-derived polyethylene or recycled polyethylene.
  • the sealant layer 6 may be transparent or opaque. In the latter case, the sealant layer 6 may be colored, preferably white.
  • the laminate 10A having a transparent sealant layer 6 makes it easy to visually recognize the contents when used as a package. When the laminated body 10A with the opaque sealant layer 6 is used as a package, the content does not hinder the visibility of the image displayed by the printed layer 4. - ⁇ In particular, the white sealant layer 6 improves the visibility of the image displayed by the printed layer 4 .
  • the sealant layer 6 may further contain the additives described above in the section " ⁇ 1.2> Base material layer".
  • the proportion of polyethylene in the sealant layer 6 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more.
  • the sealant layer 6 consists of polyethylene.
  • the sealant layer 6 consists of polyethylene and additives.
  • the thickness of the sealant layer 6 can be appropriately set in consideration of the shape of the packaging bag to be manufactured, the mass of the contents to be contained, and the like, and can be, for example, in the range of 30 to 150 ⁇ m.
  • the sealant layer 6 is, for example, an unstretched polyethylene resin film or a layer formed by melt extrusion of polyethylene.
  • the sealant layers of the laminate are brought into contact with each other, and the contact portions are sandwiched between jigs to apply pressure and heat, thereby heat-sealing the contact portions.
  • the jig of the heat-sealing machine is at a high temperature, and the surface of the base material layer in direct contact with the jig is exposed to high temperature.
  • polyethylene which is inferior in heat resistance
  • the surface of the substrate layer may be affected by heat, causing problems such as adhesion to jigs. Therefore, conventional laminates using polyethylene as a base layer have a problem of poor productivity due to narrow appropriate bag-making temperature conditions.
  • the present inventors have found that when the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more, the substrate layer 2 exhibits excellent heat resistance, and therefore the laminate 10A also exhibits excellent heat resistance. It has been found that particularly good heat-sealability is achieved.
  • polyethylene which is generally said to have poor heat resistance
  • the degree of molecular orientation of the base material layer 2 is 1.07 or more, the temperature range of heat sealing performed for bag making is widened, and productivity is not lowered.
  • the laminate 10A has a polyethylene content of 90% by mass or more. Therefore, the laminate 10A is also excellent in recyclability.
  • the laminate 10A includes the printed layer 4 between the gas barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5. It may be provided at any position in between.
  • the printed layer 4 may be provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 facing the sealant layer 6 (that is, the back surface of the base material layer 2).
  • the printed layer 4 may be provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 .
  • a plurality of printed layers 4 may be provided. Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the substrate layer 2 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10A is observed from the substrate layer 2 side, the printed layer The pattern displayed by 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.
  • an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the gas barrier layer 3 .
  • the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.
  • a metal deposition layer may be provided on the base material layer 2 or the sealant layer 6 in order to impart light shielding properties to the laminate 10A.
  • a metal deposition layer may be provided on the intermediate layer.
  • An aluminum vapor deposition layer can be mentioned as a metal vapor deposition layer.
  • the sealant layer 6 may be opaque
  • the base material layer 2 may also be opaque.
  • the substrate layer 2 may be colored, for example white.
  • the intermediate layer may be opaque.
  • the intermediate layer may be colored, for example white.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • a layered body 10B shown in FIG. 2 is the same as the layered body 10A except that it further includes a protective layer 1 provided on the surface of the substrate layer 2 .
  • the protective layer 1 is the outermost layer facing the sealant layer 6 with the base material layer 2 interposed therebetween. Here, the protective layer 1 covers the surface of the base material layer 2 .
  • the protective layer 1 is made of a thermosetting resin. That is, the protective layer 1 is a thermosetting resin layer.
  • the cured product of the thermosetting resin is not particularly limited as long as it has heat resistance.
  • Thermosetting resins include, for example, polyurethane resins, polyester resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, acrylic resins, and epoxy resins.
  • the protective layer 1 may contain one type of the above thermosetting resin, or may contain two or more types.
  • the protective layer 1 preferably contains a water-soluble polymer, and is preferably an organic-inorganic composite layer containing an organometallic compound.
  • water-soluble polymers examples include polyvinyl alcohol, polysaccharides such as starch, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, and hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as acrylic polyol.
  • the protective layer 1 preferably contains a polyvinyl alcohol-based hydroxyl group-containing polymer that can be contained in a coating layer as the gas barrier layer 3 described later.
  • the protective layer 1 preferably contains at least one of a metal alkoxide, a hydrolyzate of a metal alkoxide, and a reaction product of a metal alkoxide or a hydrolyzate thereof as an organometallic compound.
  • metal alkoxides include those represented by the general formula M(OR) n such as tetraethoxysilane [Si( OC2H5 ) 4 ] and triisopropoxyaluminum [Al( OC3H7 ) 3 ]. mentioned.
  • the protective layer 1 further includes at least one of a silane coupling agent, a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent, and a reaction product of the silane coupling agent or a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent as the organometallic compound. It is preferred to include
  • the protective layer 1 can be formed using a coating liquid for forming a coating layer as the gas barrier layer 3, which will be described later. Further, when the laminate 10B includes an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer as the gas barrier layer 3, the protective layer 1 is a layer formed using the same coating liquid as the coating liquid used to form the coating layer. you can
  • the thickness of protective layer 1 is preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more. Moreover, when the thickness of the protective layer 1 increases, it tends to become difficult to sufficiently dry the resin coating film in the manufacturing process of the laminate 10B. From the viewpoint of productivity, the thickness of protective layer 1 is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the laminate 10B includes the protective layer 1 .
  • the protective layer 1 reduces thermal damage during heat sealing on the surface of the laminate 10B. Therefore, the laminate 10B can achieve even better heat resistance, particularly better heat-sealability. Therefore, when the laminate 10B has the configuration described above, the temperature range for heat sealing for bag making is widened, and the decrease in productivity is less likely to occur.
  • the protective layer 1 is substantially transparent, even if the laminate 10B further includes the protective layer 1, the image displayed by the printed layer 4 can be visually recognized from the surface side. That is, the laminate 10B has excellent transparency and further excellent heat resistance. Moreover, since the laminate 10B has a ratio of polyethylene of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.
  • the laminate 10B includes the printed layer 4 between the gas barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5. may be provided at any position. Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the protective layer 1 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10B is observed from the protective layer 1 side, the printed layer 4 is The displayed pattern can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.
  • an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the gas barrier layer 3 .
  • the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.
  • Laminate Fig. 3 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • a laminate 10C shown in FIG. 3 is the same as the laminate 10A except for the following items. That is, the laminate 10C further includes an intermediate layer 7. As shown in FIG. Moreover, the laminate 10C includes a first adhesive layer 5A and a second adhesive layer 5B instead of the adhesive layer 5. As shown in FIG. That is, the laminate 10C includes the substrate layer 2, the printed layer 4, the first adhesive layer 5A, the intermediate layer 7, the gas barrier layer 3, the second adhesive layer 5B, and the sealant layer 6. Including in order.
  • the intermediate layer 7 is interposed between the base material layer 2 and the sealant layer 6 .
  • the intermediate layer 7 contains polyethylene.
  • the intermediate layer 7 has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more, preferably 1.10 or more, more preferably 1.15 or more. It is preferably 1.20 or more, more preferably 1.25 or more, and still more preferably 1.30 or more.
  • the upper limit of the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer 7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 2.0 or less, 1.8 or less, or 1.5 or less.
  • Such an intermediate layer 7 is excellent in transparency and can contribute to improving the strength of the laminate 10C, particularly the puncture strength.
  • the "puncture strength" of the laminate is a value obtained when the laminate 10C is pierced from the base layer 2 side in the method specified in JIS Z1707:2019 "General Rules for Plastic Films for Food Packaging". Specifically, a needle with a diameter of 1 mm and a semicircular tip is pierced into the laminated body 10C from the base layer 2 side at a speed of 50 mm/min, and the maximum force until the needle penetrates is measured. do. This measurement is performed multiple times and the arithmetic mean of the maximum force is obtained as the puncture strength.
  • the intermediate layer 7 is, for example, high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) or very low density polyethylene (VLDPE).
  • high-density polyethylene and medium-density polyethylene are preferable from the viewpoint of printability, strength and heat resistance of the laminate 10C, and film stretchability, and medium-density polyethylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stretchability.
  • the polyethylene contained in the intermediate layer 7 may be the same as or different from the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2.
  • the intermediate layer 7 may further contain the additives described above.
  • the intermediate layer 7 is preferably a stretched film.
  • the intermediate layer 7 may be a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film.
  • the stretched film forming the intermediate layer 7 may be the same as or different from the stretched film forming the base layer 2 .
  • Using a uniaxially stretched film as the intermediate layer 7 improves the heat resistance during bag making.
  • a biaxially oriented film is used as the intermediate layer 7, the drop strength of the packaged article using the laminate 10C as the packaging material is improved.
  • the stretched film is a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film can be determined by performing in-plane measurement using the X-ray diffraction method, as described in the section of the first embodiment.
  • the average of the degree of molecular orientation measured at the central portion and the end portions of the intermediate layer 7 is preferably 1.07 or more. It is more preferably 1.07 or more.
  • the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer 7 can also be adjusted by selecting the material, as described for the degree of molecular orientation of the base layer 2 in the section " ⁇ 1.2> Base layer" in the first embodiment. .
  • the stretched film forming the intermediate layer 7 may be the same as or different from the stretched film forming the base layer 2 .
  • an intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of less than 1.07 may be used.
  • an intermediate layer whose absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method is less than 1.07 the strength of the laminate 10C, particularly drop strength, can be improved.
  • An unstretched film is preferable as the intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation of less than 1.07 as measured by a microwave method.
  • the proportion of polyethylene in the intermediate layer 7 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more.
  • the intermediate layer 7 consists of polyethylene.
  • the intermediate layer 7 consists of polyethylene and additives.
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer 7 is preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 15 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the intermediate layer 7 can be produced by a known method such as the above-described casting method or inflation method, and a multi-layered polyethylene film obtained by extruding polyethylene having different densities by a co-extrusion method is used as the intermediate layer 7. is also possible.
  • the intermediate layer 7 is preferably surface-treated like the base material layer 2 . According to this treatment, the adhesion between the intermediate layer 7 and the adjacent layer can be improved.
  • the surface treatment method is not particularly limited. Surface treatments include, for example, corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, low-temperature plasma treatment using oxygen gas and/or nitrogen gas, physical treatment such as glow discharge treatment, and chemical treatment such as oxidation treatment using chemicals. processing.
  • Adhesive Layer The first adhesive layer 5A is interposed between the printed layer 4 and the intermediate layer 7 to bond them together.
  • the second adhesive layer 5B is interposed between the gas barrier layer 3 and the sealant layer 6 to bond them together.
  • the adhesive for forming the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B As the adhesive for forming the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B, the adhesive described in the section " ⁇ 1.5> Adhesive layer" in the first embodiment can be used. can.
  • the material of the second adhesive layer 5B may be the same as or different from the material of the first adhesive layer 5A.
  • the thickness of the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B is preferably in the range of 0.1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and 1 to 5 ⁇ m. is more preferably within the range of
  • the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B are formed, for example, by a conventionally known method such as a direct gravure roll coating method, a gravure roll coating method, a kiss coating method, a reverse roll coating method, a fonten method and a transfer roll coating method. It can be formed by coating and drying on the base material layer 2 or the sealant layer 6 .
  • the laminate 10C is excellent in heat resistance and transparency, like the laminate 10A.
  • the laminate 10C includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more.
  • This intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10C, especially the puncture strength. Therefore, the laminate 10C is excellent in strength, especially puncture strength.
  • the laminate 10C has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.
  • laminates with a high proportion of polyethylene are weaker in stiffness than other laminates, and are therefore more likely to be bent when used as packaging materials. As the chances of bending increase, the possibility of pinhole formation increases.
  • the laminated body 10C which has excellent piercing strength, is less prone to pinhole formation.
  • the laminate 10C includes the printed layer 4 between the base material layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A. 6 may be provided. Since the substrate layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 are excellent in transparency, even when the print layer 4 is included between the substrate layer 2 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10C is observed from the substrate layer 2 side 2, the pattern displayed by the printed layer 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.
  • an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 .
  • the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.
  • Laminate Fig. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • a layered body 10D shown in FIG. 4 is the same as the layered body 10C except that the protective layer 1 provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 is further included.
  • the protective layer 1 the one described in the second embodiment can be used.
  • the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more.
  • the laminated body 10 ⁇ /b>D includes a protective layer 1 . Therefore, the laminate 10D can achieve even better heat resistance, particularly better heat-sealability. Therefore, if the laminate 10D has the configuration described above, the temperature range for heat-sealing for bag making is widened, and productivity is less likely to decrease.
  • the protective layer 1 is substantially transparent, even if the laminate 10D further includes the protective layer 1, the image displayed by the printed layer 4 can be visually recognized from the surface side. That is, the laminate 10D has excellent transparency and further excellent heat resistance.
  • the laminate 10D includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more.
  • This intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10D, especially the puncture strength. Therefore, the laminate 10D is excellent in strength, especially puncture strength.
  • the laminate 10D has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.
  • the laminate 10D includes the printed layer 4 between the base material layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A.
  • the printed layer 4 includes the protective layer 1 and the sealant layer 6 may be provided at any position between Since the substrate layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 are excellent in transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the protective layer 1 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10D is observed from the protective layer 1 side, The pattern displayed by the printed layer 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.
  • an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 .
  • the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • a laminate 10E shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the laminate 10C except that the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer 7 is 1.07 or less. That is, the intermediate layer 7 is interposed between the base material layer 2 and the sealant layer 6 .
  • the intermediate layer 7 contains polyethylene.
  • the intermediate layer 7 has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or less, preferably less than 1.07.
  • the intermediate layer 7 is preferably an unstretched film. Such an intermediate layer 7 can contribute to improving the strength of the laminate 10E, particularly drop strength.
  • the laminate 10E is excellent in heat resistance and transparency, like the laminate 10A.
  • the laminate 10E includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or less, preferably less than 1.07.
  • the intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10E, especially drop strength. That is, in the laminate 10E, the intermediate layer 7 positioned inside the base material layer 2 is softer than the base material layer 2 when used in a package. This structure is suitable for absorbing the impact that occurs when a packaged article using the laminate 10E as a packaging material is dropped. Therefore, a packaged article using the laminate 10E as a packaging material is less likely to be damaged (broken bag) due to dropping. Therefore, the laminate 10E is excellent in strength, particularly drop strength.
  • an intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more may be used.
  • the strength of the laminate 10E, particularly the puncture strength can be improved.
  • a stretched film is preferable as the intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more.
  • the laminate 10E has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.
  • the laminate 10E includes the printed layer 4 between the base layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A. 7 may be provided. Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the substrate layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7, when the laminate 10E is observed from the substrate layer 2 side, the printed layer The pattern displayed by 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.
  • an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 .
  • the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.
  • Laminate Fig. 6 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • a laminate 10F shown in FIG. 6 is the same as the laminate 10E except that it further includes a protective layer 1 provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 .
  • the protective layer 1 the one described in the second embodiment can be used.
  • the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more.
  • the laminate 10F includes a protective layer 1. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the laminate 10F can achieve even better heat resistance, particularly better heat-sealability. Therefore, if the laminate 10F has the configuration described above, the temperature range for heat-sealing for bag making is widened, and productivity is less likely to decrease.
  • the protective layer 1 is substantially transparent, even if the laminate 10F further includes the protective layer 1, the image displayed by the printed layer 4 can be visually recognized from the surface side. That is, the laminate 10F has excellent transparency and further excellent heat resistance.
  • the laminate 10F also includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or less, preferably less than 1.07.
  • the intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10F, especially drop strength. Therefore, the laminate 10F is excellent in strength, particularly drop strength.
  • the laminate 10F has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.
  • the laminate 10F includes the printed layer 4 between the base material layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A. may be provided at any position between Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the protective layer 1 and the intermediate layer 7, when the laminate 10F is observed from the protective layer 1 side, the printed layer 4 is visible. The displayed pattern can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.
  • an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 .
  • the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged product according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • a packaged article 100A shown in FIG. 7 includes a package 110A and contents housed therein.
  • the package 110A is a flat pouch.
  • the package 110A includes a pair of main body films.
  • Each of the main films is either one of the laminates described in the first to sixth embodiments, or is cut from it.
  • the body films are stacked with their sealant layers facing each other and heat sealed to each other at their peripheral edges.
  • the package 110A is provided with a notch as an easy-to-open structure in its heat-sealed portion.
  • the contents may be liquid, solid, or a mixture thereof.
  • the content is, for example, food or medicine.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged product according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • a packaged article 100B shown in FIG. 8 includes a package 110B and contents accommodated therein.
  • the contents are, for example, the same as those described for the packaged article 100A.
  • the package 110B is a standing pouch.
  • Package 110B includes a pair of main and bottom films. Each of these films is, or is cut from, any of the laminates described in the first through sixth embodiments.
  • a pair of main body films are superimposed so that their sealant layers face each other, and their peripheral edges are heat-sealed to each other except for one end and a region in the vicinity thereof.
  • the bottom film is folded in two so as to form a mountain fold when viewed from the sealant layer side, and is sandwiched between the pair of main films at the position of the one end so that the mountain fold faces the other end of the main film. .
  • the bottom film is heat-sealed to the pair of main films except for the central portion. Further, the outer surfaces of the bottom film are adhered to each other at positions on both sides of the bottom of the package 110B.
  • the package 110B is provided with a notch as an easy-to-open structure in the portion where the main films are heat-sealed.
  • the easy-open structure may be provided so that when the packaged article 100B is opened, the upper corner can be used as a mouth.
  • the packaged article 100B may further include the spout member and lid described in the ninth embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • a packaged product 100C shown in FIG. 9 includes a package 110C and contents housed therein.
  • the contents are, for example, the same as those described for the packaged article 100A.
  • the package 110C is a gusset type pouch.
  • the package 110C includes a container body 110C1, a mouth member 110C2, and a lid 110C3.
  • the container body 110C1 includes a pair of body films and a pair of side films.
  • a pair of main body films are superimposed so that their sealant layers face each other and part of the mouth member 110C2 is sandwiched between one ends.
  • the peripheral edge portions of these main films are heat-sealed to the mouth member 110C2 at the one end and heat-sealed to each other in the vicinity thereof.
  • the peripheral edge portions of these main films are heat-sealed to each other at the opposite ends except for the areas on both sides.
  • Each of the side films is folded in two so as to form a mountain fold when viewed from the sealant layer side. These side films are sandwiched between a pair of main films on both sides of the main films so that the mountain folds face each other.
  • Each of the side films has a portion of its peripheral edge heat-sealed to one of the body films and the remaining portion of its peripheral edge heat-sealed to the other of the body films.
  • the outer surfaces of the side films are adhered to each other at the upper and lower positions of the package 110C.
  • the container body 110C1 may further include a bottom film.
  • the mouth member 110C2 includes a portion that is sandwiched between the main films and that are heat-sealed.
  • the mouth member 110C2 further includes a mouth protruding outward from the container body 110C1.
  • the mouth portion has a substantially cylindrical shape and is provided with a male thread on the outer surface of the side wall.
  • the lid 110C3 has a cylindrical shape with a bottom.
  • the lid 110C3 has a female screw on the inner side wall and is screwed with the mouth of the mouth member 110C2.
  • Example 1A On the corona-treated surface of a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 ⁇ m, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) as a substrate layer, a silicon oxide film having a thickness of 40 nm was deposited using a vacuum deposition apparatus employing an electron beam heating method. of the inorganic compound layer was formed. Next, a pattern was printed on the inorganic compound layer with gravure ink to form a printed layer.
  • a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer, and a 60 ⁇ m thick unstretched film (60 ⁇ m thick) made of linear low-density polyethylene resin as a sealant layer is then applied onto the adhesive layer. pasted together. As a result, a laminate having a laminated structure of substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 2A A laminate having a laminate structure of substrate layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant layer was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that the inorganic compound layer was not formed.
  • Example 3A Laminated structure of substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant layer in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyamine gas barrier adhesive was used on the printed layer instead of the urethane adhesive.
  • Example 4A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 ⁇ m, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 5A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive layer in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 20 ⁇ m, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminated structure of agent layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 6A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive layer in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 30 ⁇ m, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminated structure of agent layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 7A Base layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a linear low-density polyethylene resin (LLDPE) film having a thickness of 40 ⁇ m was used as the sealant layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layers was obtained.
  • LLDPE linear low-density polyethylene resin
  • Example 8A Base layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a linear low-density polyethylene resin (LLDPE) film having a thickness of 120 ⁇ m was used as the sealant layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layers was obtained.
  • LLDPE linear low-density polyethylene resin
  • Example 9A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that no inorganic compound layer was formed and a polyamine gas barrier adhesive was used instead of the urethane adhesive. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 10A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that no inorganic compound layer was formed and a urethane-based gas barrier adhesive was used instead of the urethane-based adhesive. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 11A A laminate according to Example 11A was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1A, except that the following films were used as the base layer.
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.08 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 5.9%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/cm. 3 .
  • Example 1A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 40 ⁇ m, density: 0.949 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 2A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 ⁇ m, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • Example 3A Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 ⁇ m, density: 0.952 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.
  • the recyclability of the laminate was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
  • a coating liquid for forming a coating layer was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.
  • Solution A Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.
  • Liquid B 5% by mass water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).
  • Solution C 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.
  • Example 1B A laminate was produced by the following method. Unlike the laminate 10B shown in FIG. 2, the laminate produced here includes an anchor coat layer between the base material layer 2 and the gas barrier layer 3, and the gas barrier layer 3 is a laminate composed of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer. is.
  • the prepared film consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.23, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • the protective layer forming coating solution described above was applied by a gravure coating method and dried to form a protective layer 1 having a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • the anchor coating agent described above was applied to the corona-treated surface opposite to the substrate layer 2 by gravure coating to form an anchor coating layer having a thickness of 0.1 ⁇ m (dry state).
  • an inorganic compound layer with a thickness of 40 nm composed of a silicon oxide (SiO x ) deposition film is formed as the gas barrier layer 3 using an electron beam heating type vacuum deposition apparatus, and the coating liquid for forming the coating layer is applied. was applied to form a coating layer with a thickness of 300 nm (dry state).
  • a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form an adhesive layer 5, and the printed layer 4 and the sealant layer 6 are bonded together via the adhesive layer 5.
  • a linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) film (60 ⁇ m thick) was used as the material for the sealant layer 6 .
  • LLDPE linear low-density polyethylene
  • Example 2B A laminate according to Example 2B was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1B, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 .
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/cm. 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • Example 3B A laminate according to Example 3B was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 2B, except that the protective layer 1 was omitted.
  • Example 4B Instead of forming a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m by applying a polyamide-imide resin, except that the coating liquid for forming a coating layer described above was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • a laminate according to Example 4B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B.
  • Example 5B Instead of forming a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m by applying a polyamideimide resin, except that the above-described coating layer forming coating liquid was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 ⁇ m.
  • a laminate according to Example 5B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B.
  • Example 6B The same as Example 1B except that instead of applying a polyamideimide resin to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m, a urethane-based resin was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • a laminate according to Example 6B was produced by the method.
  • Example 7B The same as Example 1B except that instead of applying a polyamideimide resin to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m, a urethane-based resin was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 ⁇ m. A laminate according to Example 7B was produced by the method.
  • Example 8B Except that instead of forming a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m by applying a polyamide-imide resin, an ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymer resin (EVOH) was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 ⁇ m.
  • EVOH ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymer resin
  • Example 9B The same method as in Example 1B, except that instead of applying a polyamideimide resin to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m, an acrylic resin was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 ⁇ m. to produce a laminate according to Example 9B.
  • Comparative Example 1B A laminate according to Comparative Example 1B was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1B, except that the following film was used as the base material layer 2 and the protective layer 1 was omitted.
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.04 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 21.5%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/m. cm 3 and corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • the heat resistance of the laminate having a protective layer was further evaluated in the same manner as above, except that the upper surface sealing temperature was set to 190°C.
  • An overcoat agent was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid, and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.
  • Solution A Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.
  • B solution 5 mass % water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).
  • Solution C 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.
  • Example 1C A laminate 10C shown in FIG. 3 was manufactured by the following method. First, as the base material layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7, the following films were prepared. The prepared film consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • a urethane-based adhesive was applied to the corona-treated surface of the substrate layer 2 to form the first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the substrate layer 2 were bonded together.
  • a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive for dry lamination is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form a second adhesive layer 5B, and an intermediate layer 7 is formed through the second adhesive layer 5B. and the sealant layer 6 were laminated together.
  • a linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) film (60 ⁇ m thick) was used as the material for the sealant layer.
  • a printed layer 4 was formed by printing a pattern on the corona-treated surface of the intermediate layer 7 opposite to the gas barrier layer 3 using water-based flexographic ink.
  • Example 1C A schematic cross-sectional view of the laminate according to Example 1C is shown in FIG.
  • Example 2C A laminate according to Example 2C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the inorganic compound layer as the gas barrier layer 3 was not provided.
  • Example 3C was manufactured in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that polyamine-based adhesives were used instead of urethane-based adhesives as the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B. A laminate was created.
  • Example 4C A laminate according to Example 4C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 .
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30, a haze of 4.1%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • Example 5C A laminate according to Example 5C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the intermediate layer 7 .
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 ⁇ m and a density of 0.949 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • Comparative Example 1C A laminate according to Comparative Example 1C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 .
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 ⁇ m and a density of 0.949 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • Comparative Example 2C A laminate according to Comparative Example 2C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 .
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 ⁇ m and a density of 0.949 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • the laminate in which the degree of molecular orientation of both the base layer and the intermediate layer was less than 1.07 exhibited low puncture strength.
  • a coating liquid for forming a coating layer was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.
  • Solution A Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.
  • B solution 5 mass % water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).
  • Solution C 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.
  • Example 1D A laminate was produced by the following method. Unlike the laminate 10D shown in FIG. 4, the laminate produced here includes an anchor coat layer between the intermediate layer 7 and the gas barrier layer 3, and the gas barrier layer 3 is a laminate composed of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer. be.
  • the prepared film consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.23, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and is corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • one surface of the substrate layer 2 was subjected to corona treatment, and then the protective layer-forming coating solution described above was applied by gravure coating and dried to form a protective layer 1 having a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m. .
  • a pattern was printed on the other corona-treated surface of the substrate layer 2 using water-based flexographic ink to form a printed layer 4 .
  • one surface of the intermediate layer 7 was subjected to corona treatment, and then the anchor coating agent described above was applied by gravure coating to form an anchor coating layer having a thickness of 0.1 ⁇ m (dry state).
  • an inorganic compound layer with a thickness of 40 nm composed of a silicon oxide (SiO x ) vapor deposition film is formed as the gas barrier layer 3 using an electron beam heating type vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the above coating layer forming coating is applied.
  • the liquid was applied to form a coating layer with a thickness of 300 nm (dry state).
  • a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer 4 to form the first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the base layer 2 are connected via the printed layer 4 and the first adhesive layer 5A. pasted together.
  • a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form a second adhesive layer 5B, and an intermediate adhesive layer 5B is formed via the gas barrier layer 3 and the second adhesive layer 5B.
  • Layer 7 and sealant layer 6 were laminated together.
  • a linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) film (60 ⁇ m thick) was used as the material for the sealant layer.
  • Example 1D a laminate according to Example 1D was manufactured.
  • Example 2D A laminate according to Example 2D was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1D, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 .
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/cm. 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • Example 3D A laminate according to Example 3D was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 2D except that the protective layer 1 was not provided and the following film was used as the intermediate layer 7.
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.04 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 21.5%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/m. cm 3 and is corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • Comparative Example 1D A laminate according to Comparative Example 1D was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1D except that the protective layer 1 was not provided and the following films were used as the base layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7. manufactured.
  • the film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.04 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 21.5%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m and a density of 0.950 g/m. cm 3 and is corona treated on one side.
  • MOR degree of molecular orientation
  • the heat resistance of the laminate having a protective layer was further evaluated in the same manner as above, except that the upper surface sealing temperature was set to 190°C.
  • Example 1E A laminate 10E shown in FIG. 5 was manufactured by the following method. First, as the base material layer 2, the following film F1 was prepared. Film F1 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Film F2 is made of polyethylene and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.949 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • the thickness of the gas barrier layer 3 was 50 nm.
  • a printed layer 4 was formed on the base material layer 2 .
  • a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer 4 to form a first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the base material layer 2 are connected via the first adhesive layer 5A and the gas barrier layer 3. pasted together.
  • a sealant layer 6 is prepared, and a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form a second adhesive layer 5B. 6 was pasted together.
  • Linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) was used as the material for the sealant layer.
  • LLDPE Linear low density polyethylene
  • Example 2E was prepared in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that a polyamine-based adhesive was used instead of the urethane-based adhesive as the material of the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B. A laminate according to was manufactured. This polyamine-based adhesive had gas barrier properties.
  • Example 3E A laminate according to Example 3E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that the following film F3 was used as the base layer and the following film F4 was used as the intermediate layer.
  • Film F3 is a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film made of high-density polyethylene. This film F3 has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 4.1, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a density of 0.95 g/cm 3 , and one-sided corona treatment.
  • Film F4 has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a haze of 21.5, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and one-sided corona treatment.
  • Example 4E A laminate according to Example 4E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E except that film F1 was used as an intermediate layer.
  • Film F1 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Example 5E A laminate according to Example 5E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that no gas barrier layer was provided.
  • Comparative Example 1E A laminate according to Comparative Example 1E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that the film F2 was used as the base layer.
  • Film F2 is made of polyethylene and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.949 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Comparative Example 2E A laminate according to Comparative Example 2E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that film F2 was used as the base layer and film F3 was used as the intermediate layer.
  • Film F2 is made of polyethylene and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.949 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Film F3 is a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film made of high-density polyethylene. This film F3 has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 4.1, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a density of 0.95 g/cm 3 , and one-sided corona treatment.
  • Evaluation results are expressed as the ratio of the number of packaged items that were torn due to falling to the number of packaged items that were produced.
  • the above laminate was measured for an oxygen transmission rate (OTR ) at 30°C and a relative humidity of 70%. ⁇ The gas barrier property was evaluated based on whether or not it exceeded atm).
  • the oxygen transmission rate was measured according to the method described in Appendix B of JIS K7126-2:2006. A: The oxygen permeability was less than 10 cc/(m 2 ⁇ day ⁇ atm). B: The oxygen permeability was 10 cc/(m 2 ⁇ day ⁇ atm) or more.
  • An overcoat agent was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid, and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.
  • Solution A Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.
  • B solution 5 mass % water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).
  • Solution C 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.
  • Example 1F A laminate 10F shown in FIG. 6 was manufactured by the following method. First, as the base material layer 2, the following film F11 was prepared. Film F11 was made of polyethylene, had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.23 as measured by the method described above, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and was subjected to corona treatment on one side. It is
  • the coating liquid for forming the protective layer described above is applied by a gravure coating method and dried to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m. bottom.
  • the surface opposite to the base material layer 2 was subjected to corona treatment, and a pattern was printed using water-based flexographic ink to form the printed layer 4 .
  • Film F12 is made of polyethylene, has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.
  • an inorganic compound layer with a thickness of 40 nm composed of a silicon oxide (SiO x ) deposited film is formed, and furthermore, an organic/inorganic film mixed solution is applied to obtain a thick film.
  • a coating layer with a thickness of 0.3 ⁇ m was formed.
  • a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer 4 to form the first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the base layer 2 are connected via the printed layer 4 and the first adhesive layer 5A. pasted together.
  • a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the gas barrier layer 3 to form a second adhesive layer 5B, and an intermediate adhesive layer 5B is formed via the gas barrier layer 3 and the second adhesive layer 5B.
  • Layer 7 and sealant layer 6 were laminated together.
  • Linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) was used as the material for the sealant layer.
  • LLDPE Linear low density polyethylene
  • Example 2F A laminate according to Example 2F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F, except that the following film F13 was used as the base material layer 2 .
  • Film F13 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Example 3F The laminate according to Example 3F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F except that the film F13 was used as the base layer 2, the film F14 was used as the intermediate layer 7, and the protective layer 1 was omitted. manufactured.
  • Film F13 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Film F14 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Example 4F A laminate according to Example 4F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F, except that the protective layer 1 was omitted.
  • Comparative Example 1F Lamination according to Comparative Example 1F was performed in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F except that the film F12 was used as the base layer 2, the film F14 was used as the intermediate layer 7, and the protective layer 1 was omitted. manufactured the body.
  • Film F12 is made of polyethylene, has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.
  • Film F14 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.
  • Comparative Example 2F A laminate according to Comparative Example 2F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F, except that the film F12 was used as the base material layer 2 and the protective layer 1 was omitted.
  • Film F12 is made of polyethylene, has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.
  • the heat resistance of the laminate having a protective layer was further evaluated in the same manner as above, except that the upper surface sealing temperature was set to 190°C.
  • Evaluation results are expressed as the ratio of the number of packaged goods whose packaging body was torn due to falling to the number of manufactured packaged goods.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a laminate mainly comprising a polyethylene and having excellent heat resistance. A laminate (10A) has a substrate layer (2), an adhesive layer (5), and a sealant layer (6) in this order, wherein: the substrate layer (2) and the sealant layer (6) include a polyethylene; and the absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer (2) as measured by the microwave method is at least 1.07.

Description

積層体、包装体及び包装物品Laminates, packages and packaged articles

 本発明は、積層体、包装体及び包装物品に関する。 The present invention relates to laminates, packages and packaged goods.

 包装袋等に使用される包装材料には、用途に応じてさまざまな特性が求められる。必要とされる特性の例を挙げれば、包装材料として必要な耐熱性、透明性、強度、ガスバリア性、製袋適性、印刷適性、輸送適性等々である。このようにさまざまな性能をそれぞれ十分に満たすために、従来は特性の異なる複数の種類の合成樹脂フィルムを複合して用いることが一般的に行われている。 Various characteristics are required for the packaging materials used for packaging bags, etc., depending on the application. Examples of required properties include heat resistance, transparency, strength, gas barrier properties, suitability for bag making, suitability for printing, suitability for transportation, etc., which are required as packaging materials. In order to sufficiently satisfy such various performances, conventionally, it has been common practice to combine a plurality of types of synthetic resin films having different properties.

 例えば、ポリエチレンから構成される樹脂フィルムは、強度や耐熱性の面で劣るため、包装材料の基材として単独では使用できず、ポリエステルやポリアミドなどから構成される樹脂フィルムなどと張り合わせて使用されている。 For example, a resin film made of polyethylene cannot be used alone as a base material for packaging materials because it is inferior in terms of strength and heat resistance. there is

 近年、循環型社会の構築を求める声の高まりとともに、高いリサイクル性を有する包装材料が求められている。一般に、包装材料に含まれる主要な樹脂の割合が90質量%以上であるとリサイクル性が高いと考えられている。しかしながら、従来の包装材料は、上記したように異種の樹脂材料から構成されており、使用後に樹脂材料ごとに分離することが困難であるため、それぞれの材料としてリサイクルすることは出来なかった。したがって、従来の包装材料を用いて形成された包装体は、折角回収したとしても、燃やして熱として回収利用する以外になく、近年の地球環境保護の立場からは、相容れないものとなっているのが現状である。 In recent years, along with the growing demand for building a recycling-oriented society, packaging materials with high recyclability are in demand. In general, it is considered that packaging materials with a main resin content of 90% by mass or more are highly recyclable. However, conventional packaging materials are composed of different types of resin materials as described above, and it is difficult to separate each resin material after use, so it was not possible to recycle each material. Therefore, even if a package made of conventional packaging materials is recovered, it can only be recovered and used as heat by burning it. is the current situation.

 高いリサイクル性を実現するためポリエチレン樹脂からなる包装材料を使用する場合、具体的には以下のような問題がある。すなわち、包装袋を形成する製袋工程では、通常、積層体のシーラント層同士を合わせ、積層体の基材層外面側から高温治具に圧力をかけて挟み込むことでヒートシール(熱溶着)させる工程がある。ヒートシール機の治具は高温になっており、直接治具に接触する基材層外面側は高温に曝される。耐熱性に劣るポリエチレン樹脂からなる基材層が熱に冒されると、ヒートシール部に熱ダメージを受け、熱収縮、歪みなど外観不良を生じたり、治具に樹脂が付着したりするなどの不具合が生じる場合がある。この問題を回避するために、熱ダメージを軽減すべく、製袋速度を遅くしたり、製袋温度(ヒートシール温度)を調整したりするなどにより製袋条件を狭くすると、生産性が悪化する。 When packaging materials made of polyethylene resin are used to achieve high recyclability, there are specific problems such as the following. That is, in the bag-making process for forming a packaging bag, the sealant layers of the laminate are usually put together and heat-sealed (heat-sealed) by applying pressure to a high-temperature jig from the outer surface side of the base material layer of the laminate and sandwiching them. There is a process. The jig of the heat-sealing machine is at a high temperature, and the outer surface side of the base material layer, which is in direct contact with the jig, is exposed to high temperature. When the base layer made of polyethylene resin, which has poor heat resistance, is exposed to heat, the heat-sealed portion is damaged by heat, resulting in appearance defects such as heat shrinkage and distortion, and adhesion of the resin to jigs. Problems may occur. In order to avoid this problem, if the bag-making conditions are narrowed by slowing down the bag-making speed or adjusting the bag-making temperature (heat sealing temperature) in order to reduce heat damage, productivity will deteriorate. .

 特許文献1には、リサイクルの観点から、包装用フィルムをできるだけ単純な層構成とするための技術が提案されている。すなわち、ポリエチレン単層フィルムでは耐ブロッキング性や包装体にしたときの開封性(開封のしやすさ)に問題があることに着目し、これを改善するために、ポリエチレン含有基材層上に、ポリエチレン含有基材に対しガラス転移温度が特定条件を満たす樹脂含有コーティング層を備えた包装用フィルムが提案されている。 Patent Document 1 proposes a technique for making the layer structure of the packaging film as simple as possible from the viewpoint of recycling. That is, focusing on the fact that polyethylene single-layer films have problems with blocking resistance and unsealability (ease of opening) when used as a package, in order to improve this, on the polyethylene-containing base layer, A packaging film has been proposed which is provided with a resin-containing coating layer whose glass transition temperature satisfies specific conditions on a polyethylene-containing substrate.

 しかしながら、ポリエチレン樹脂が耐熱性に劣ることは考慮されておらず、ポリエチレン樹脂を主たる材料として含む包装材料において、上掲の耐熱性に関する問題を解決するものではない。 However, the fact that polyethylene resin is inferior in heat resistance is not considered, and it does not solve the above heat resistance problems in packaging materials containing polyethylene resin as the main material.

日本国特開2020-196791号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-196791

 本発明の目的は、主にポリエチレンからなり、耐熱性に優れた積層体を提供することにある。 An object of the present invention is to provide a laminate that is mainly made of polyethylene and has excellent heat resistance.

 本発明の一側面によると、基材層と接着剤層とシーラント層とをこの順序で備え、前記基材層と前記シーラント層とはポリエチレンを含み、前記基材層は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以上である積層体が提供される。 According to one aspect of the present invention, a substrate layer, an adhesive layer and a sealant layer are provided in this order, the substrate layer and the sealant layer contain polyethylene, and the substrate layer is measured by a microwave method. Provided is a laminate in which the absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation is 1.07 or more.

 本発明の他の側面によると、前記基材層と前記シーラント層との間に介在し、ポリエチレンを含んだ中間層を更に備えた上記側面に係る積層体が提供される。 According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided the laminate according to the above aspect, further comprising an intermediate layer interposed between the base layer and the sealant layer and containing polyethylene.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記中間層は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以下である上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the intermediate layer has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or less.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記中間層は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以上である上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the intermediate layer has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記基材層を間に挟んで前記シーラント層と向き合った最表層としての保護層を更に備えた上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any of the above aspects, further comprising a protective layer as an outermost layer facing the sealant layer with the base layer interposed therebetween.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記保護層は熱硬化型樹脂からなる上記側面に係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided the laminate according to the aspect above, wherein the protective layer is made of a thermosetting resin.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記基材層は二軸延伸フィルムである上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the substrate layer is a biaxially stretched film.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記基材層は一軸延伸フィルムである上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the substrate layer is a uniaxially stretched film.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記基材層と前記シーラント層との間に介在したガスバリア層を更に備えた上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any one of the aspects above, further comprising a gas barrier layer interposed between the base material layer and the sealant layer.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記接着剤層はガスバリア性である上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the adhesive layer has gas barrier properties.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、前記シーラント層は白色である上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any of the aspects above, wherein the sealant layer is white.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上である上記側面の何れかに係る積層体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a laminate according to any one of the above aspects, in which the ratio of polyethylene is 90% by mass or more.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、上記側面の何れかに係る積層体を含んだ包装体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a package containing the laminate according to any one of the above aspects.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、スタンディングパウチである上記側面に係る包装体が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a package according to the above aspect, which is a standing pouch.

 本発明の更に他の側面によると、上記側面の何れかに係る包装体と、これに収容された内容物とを含んだ包装物品が提供される。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a packaged article including a package according to any one of the above aspects and contents housed therein.

 本発明によると、主にポリエチレンからなり、耐熱性に優れた積層体が提供される。 According to the present invention, a laminate that is mainly made of polyethylene and has excellent heat resistance is provided.

図1は、本発明の第1実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a first embodiment of the invention. 図2は、本発明の第2実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a second embodiment of the invention. 図3は、本発明の第3実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a third embodiment of the invention. 図4は、本発明の第4実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fourth embodiment of the invention. 図5は、本発明の第5実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fifth embodiment of the invention. 図6は、本発明の第6実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a sixth embodiment of the invention. 図7は、本発明の第7実施形態に係る包装物品を概略的に示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to a seventh embodiment of the invention. 図8は、本発明の第8実施形態に係る包装物品を概略的に示す図である。FIG. 8 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to an eighth embodiment of the invention. 図9は、本発明の第9実施形態に係る包装物品を概略的に示す図である。FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to a ninth embodiment of the invention.

 以下に、本発明の実施形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。以下に説明する実施形態は、上記側面の何れかをより具体化したものである。以下に記載する事項は、単独で又は複数を組み合わせて、上記側面の各々に組み入れることができる。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. Embodiments described below are more specific to any of the above aspects. The matters described below can be incorporated into each of the above aspects singly or in combination.

 また、以下に示す実施形態は、本発明の技術的思想を具体化するための構成を例示するものであって、本発明の技術的思想は、下記の構成部材の材質、形状、及び構造等によって限定されるものではない。本発明の技術的思想には、請求の範囲に記載された請求項が規定する技術的範囲内において、種々の変更を加えることができる。 Further, the embodiments shown below are examples of configurations for embodying the technical idea of the present invention. is not limited by Various modifications can be made to the technical idea of the present invention within the technical scope defined by the claims.

 なお、同様又は類似した機能を有する要素については、以下で参照する図面において同一の参照符号を付し、重複する説明は省略する。従って、或る実施形態において言及している事項は、特に断り書きがない限り、他の実施形態にも適用することができる。また、図面は模式的なものであり、或る方向の寸法と別の方向の寸法との関係、及び、或る部材の寸法と他の部材の寸法との関係等は、現実のものとは異なり得る。 Elements having the same or similar functions are given the same reference numerals in the drawings referred to below, and duplicate descriptions are omitted. Accordingly, matters referred to in one embodiment are also applicable to other embodiments unless otherwise stated. Also, the drawings are schematic, and the relationship between the dimension in one direction and the dimension in another direction, the relationship between the dimension of a certain member and the dimension of another member, etc. may differ from the actual one. can differ.

 なお、本開示において、「AAをBBの上に」という記載は、重力方向とは無関係に使用している。「AAをBBの上に」という記載によって特定される状態は、AAがBBと接触した状態を包含する。「AAをBBの上に」という記載は、AAとBBとの間に他の1以上の構成要素を介在させることを除外するものではない。 In addition, in the present disclosure, the description "AA on BB" is used regardless of the direction of gravity. The condition identified by the statement "AA on BB" encompasses the condition where AA is in contact with BB. Reference to "AA over BB" does not exclude the interposition of one or more other components between AA and BB.

 <1>第1実施形態
 <1.1>積層体
 図1は、本発明の第1実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。
 図1に示す積層体10Aは、基材層2と、ガスバリア層3と、印刷層4と、接着剤層5と、シーラント層6とをこの順序で含んでいる。
<1> First Embodiment <1.1> Laminate Fig. 1 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
A laminate 10A shown in FIG. 1 includes a substrate layer 2, a gas barrier layer 3, a printing layer 4, an adhesive layer 5, and a sealant layer 6 in this order.

 積層体10Aは、ポリエチレンの割合が、90質量%以上である。ここで、積層体10Aにおけるポリエチレンの割合とは、積層体10Aを構成する各層における樹脂材料の合計量に占めるポリエチレンの合計量の割合を意味する。ポリエチレンの割合を90質量%以上とすることにより、高いリサイクル性を達成することができる。 The ratio of polyethylene in the laminate 10A is 90% by mass or more. Here, the ratio of polyethylene in the laminate 10A means the ratio of the total amount of polyethylene to the total amount of the resin material in each layer constituting the laminate 10A. High recyclability can be achieved by setting the proportion of polyethylene to 90% by mass or more.

 積層体10Aが含んでいる各層について、以下に説明する。 Each layer included in the laminate 10A will be described below.

 <1.2>基材層
 基材層2はポリエチレンを含む。ポリエチレンは、エチレンのホモポリマーであってもよく、エチレンと他のモノマーとの共重合体であってもよい。ポリエチレンがエチレンと他のモノマーとの共重合体である場合、共重合体に占めるエチレンの割合は、例えば、80mol%以上である。
<1.2> Base material layer The base material layer 2 contains polyethylene. Polyethylene may be a homopolymer of ethylene or a copolymer of ethylene and other monomers. When polyethylene is a copolymer of ethylene and other monomers, the proportion of ethylene in the copolymer is, for example, 80 mol % or more.

 他のモノマーは、例えば、α-オレフィンである。一例によると、α-オレフィンは炭素数が3乃至20の範囲内にある。そのようなα-オレフィンは、例えば、プロピレン、1-ブテン、1-ペンテン、1-ヘキセン、1-オクテン、1-デセン、1-ドデセン、1-テトラデセン、1-ヘキサデセン、1-オクタデセン、1-エイコセン、3-メチル-1-ブテン、4-メチル-1-ペンテン、又は6-メチル-1-ヘプテンである。 Other monomers are, for example, α-olefins. By way of example, the α-olefins range from 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Such α-olefins are, for example, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-octene, 1-decene, 1-dodecene, 1-tetradecene, 1-hexadecene, 1-octadecene, 1- eicosene, 3-methyl-1-butene, 4-methyl-1-pentene, or 6-methyl-1-heptene.

 ポリエチレンは、エチレンと、酢酸ビニル及びアクリル酸エステルのうちの一方との共重合体であってもよい。 The polyethylene may be a copolymer of ethylene and one of vinyl acetate and acrylic acid ester.

 基材層2は、例えば、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)、中密度ポリエチレン(MDPE)、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、又は超低密度ポリエチレン(VLDPE)である。これらの中でも、積層体10Aの印刷適性、強度及び耐熱性、並びにフィルムの延伸適性の観点から、高密度ポリエチレン及び中密度ポリエチレンが好ましく、延伸適性の観点から、中密度ポリエチレンがより好ましい。 The base material layer 2 is, for example, high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), or very low density polyethylene (VLDPE). Among these, high-density polyethylene and medium-density polyethylene are preferable from the viewpoint of the printability, strength and heat resistance of the laminate 10A and the film stretchability, and medium-density polyethylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stretchability.

 ここで、高密度ポリエチレンは、密度が0.942g/cm以上であり、中密度ポリエチレンは、密度が0.930g/cm以上0.942g/cm未満であり、低密度ポリエチレンは、密度が0.910g/cm以上0.930g/cm未満であり、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンは、密度が0.910g/cm以上0.930cm未満であり、超低密度ポリエチレンは、密度が0.910g/cm未満である。
 なお、密度は、JIS K7112:1999に準拠した方法で得られる値である。
Here, high-density polyethylene has a density of 0.942 g/cm 3 or more, medium-density polyethylene has a density of 0.930 g/cm 3 or more and less than 0.942 g/cm 3 , and low-density polyethylene has a density of is 0.910 g/cm 3 or more and less than 0.930 g/cm 3 , the linear low density polyethylene has a density of 0.910 g/cm 3 or more and less than 0.930 g/cm 3 , and the ultra-low density polyethylene has a density of is less than 0.910 g/cm 3 .
The density is a value obtained by a method conforming to JIS K7112:1999.

 基材層2に含まれるポリエチレンは、バイオマス由来のポリエチレンであってもよい。バイオマス由来のポリエチレンとしては、例えば、グリーンポリエチレン(Braskem社製)を使用することができる。 The polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 may be biomass-derived polyethylene. As biomass-derived polyethylene, for example, green polyethylene (manufactured by Braskem) can be used.

 或いは、基材層2に含まれるポリエチレンは、メカニカルリサイクルによりリサイクルされたポリエチレンであってもよい。ここで、メカニカルリサイクルとは、回収されたポリエチレンフィルムなどを粉砕し、その後粉砕したフィルムをアルカリ洗浄してフィルム表面上の汚れ及び異物を除去した後、高温及び減圧下で乾燥してフィルム内部に留まっている汚染物質を拡散させることでポリエチレンフィルムの除染を行うことである。
 或いは、基材層2に含まれるポリエチレンは、ケミカルリサイクルによりリサイクルされたポリエチレンであってもよい。
Alternatively, the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 may be polyethylene recycled by mechanical recycling. Here, mechanical recycling means pulverizing the recovered polyethylene film or the like, then cleaning the pulverized film with alkali to remove dirt and foreign matter on the film surface, and then drying it at high temperature and under reduced pressure. It is to decontaminate the polyethylene film by dispersing the retained contaminants.
Alternatively, the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 may be polyethylene recycled by chemical recycling.

 基材層2は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度(即ち、Microwave Orientation Ratio;MOR)の絶対値が1.07以上である。マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値は、本明細書では、単に「分子配向度」ともいう。分子配向度は、分子鎖の向きが揃っている程度を表す指標である。即ち、分子配向度が高いということは、分子鎖の向きが揃っていることを意味する。分子配向度が1.07以上である層は、耐熱性に優れるとともに、分子配向度が高いフィルムにおいては球晶サイズが小さいため透明性に優れ視認性が十分に確保できる。また、分子配向度を高くすることで、フィルムに靭性を付与することが可能となり、衝撃耐性や突き刺し耐性を向上させることができる。 The base material layer 2 has an absolute value of 1.07 or more for the degree of molecular orientation measured by the microwave method (that is, Microwave Orientation Ratio; MOR). The absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by the microwave method is also simply referred to as the "degree of molecular orientation" in this specification. The degree of molecular orientation is an index representing the extent to which the directions of molecular chains are aligned. That is, a high degree of molecular orientation means that the directions of the molecular chains are aligned. A layer with a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more is excellent in heat resistance, and a film with a high degree of molecular orientation has a small spherulite size, so that it is excellent in transparency and can sufficiently ensure visibility. In addition, by increasing the degree of molecular orientation, it is possible to impart toughness to the film, thereby improving impact resistance and puncture resistance.

 基材層2の分子配向度は、好ましくは1.10以上、より好ましくは1.15以上、更に好ましくは1.20以上、更に好ましくは1.25以上、更に好ましくは1.30以上である。基材層2の分子配向度を高めると、上記効果を更に向上させることができる。また、基材層2の分子配向度の上限値は、特に限定されないが、例えば、2.0以下、1.8以下、又は、1.5以下である。 The degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is preferably 1.10 or more, more preferably 1.15 or more, still more preferably 1.20 or more, still more preferably 1.25 or more, and still more preferably 1.30 or more. . By increasing the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2, the above effect can be further improved. The upper limit of the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 2.0 or less, 1.8 or less, or 1.5 or less.

 基材層2の分子配向度は、MD方向(Machine Direction)及びTD方向(Transverse Direction)の各々の延伸倍率等の延伸条件に加えて、基材層2に使用する樹脂(特にポリエチレン)の密度、コモノマーの種類、分子量、分子量分布、製造方法等の因子を変化させることにより調整することができる。樹脂フィルムに延伸加工を行う時の溶融樹脂のレオロジー特性も、分子配向度に影響を与える因子となる。同じ延伸倍率で延伸加工を行った場合でも、上記の種々の因子を変化させることで分子配向度を調整することができる。また、フィルム成膜段階において、溶融樹脂にせん断応力を与えた場合も、分子配向度を調整することができる。 The degree of molecular orientation of the base material layer 2 is determined by the density of the resin (especially polyethylene) used for the base material layer 2, in addition to the drawing conditions such as the draw ratio in each of the MD direction (machine direction) and the TD direction (transverse direction). , type of comonomer, molecular weight, molecular weight distribution, manufacturing method, and other factors. The rheological properties of the molten resin when the resin film is stretched are also factors that affect the degree of molecular orientation. Even when stretching is performed at the same draw ratio, the degree of molecular orientation can be adjusted by changing the various factors described above. Further, the degree of molecular orientation can also be adjusted when a shear stress is applied to the molten resin in the film forming stage.

 分子配向度は、上記の通り、マイクロ波法により測定する。即ち、分子配向度は、マイクロ波空洞共振器を用いた摂動法により測定する。具体的には、分子配向度は、分子配向計MOA-5012A(王子計測機器株式会社製)などのマイクロ波方式分子配向計を用いて測定することができる。マイクロ波方式分子配向計は、マイクロ波偏波電界中でシート状試料を回転させ、マイクロ波電界と高分子物質を構成する双極子との相互作用から、シートにおける分子鎖の配向性を測定するものである。 The degree of molecular orientation is measured by the microwave method as described above. That is, the degree of molecular orientation is measured by a perturbation method using a microwave cavity. Specifically, the degree of molecular orientation can be measured using a microwave type molecular orientation meter such as a molecular orientation meter MOA-5012A (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). A microwave-type molecular orientation meter rotates a sheet-shaped sample in a microwave polarized electric field, and measures the orientation of the molecular chains in the sheet from the interaction between the microwave electric field and the dipoles that make up the polymer material. It is.

 マイクロ波方式分子配向計を用いた分子配向度の測定では、例えば、一辺の長さが35mmの正方形状を有し、厚さが2mm以下のサンプルを使用し、測定周波数を12.0GHz乃至13.0GHzの範囲内に設定する。 In the measurement of the degree of molecular orientation using a microwave type molecular orientation meter, for example, a sample having a square shape with a side length of 35 mm and a thickness of 2 mm or less is used, and the measurement frequency is 12.0 GHz to 13.0 GHz. .0 GHz range.

 好ましくは、基材層2の複数箇所の各々について分子配向度を測定し、得られた分子配向度の平均値を基材層2の分子配向度として得る。基材層2の複数箇所は、例えば、基材層2の中央部及び端部である。 Preferably, the degree of molecular orientation is measured for each of a plurality of locations on the substrate layer 2 , and the average value of the obtained degrees of molecular orientation is obtained as the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 . The plurality of locations of the base material layer 2 are, for example, the central portion and end portions of the base material layer 2 .

 基材層2は、好ましくは延伸フィルムである。基材層2が延伸フィルムである場合、基材層2は、一軸延伸フィルムであってもよく、二軸延伸フィルムであってもよい。なお、本明細書において、用語「フィルム」は厚さの概念を含まない。 The base material layer 2 is preferably a stretched film. When the substrate layer 2 is a stretched film, the substrate layer 2 may be a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film. In this specification, the term "film" does not include the concept of thickness.

 基材層2として一軸延伸フィルムを使用すると、製袋時の耐熱性が向上する。基材層2として二軸延伸フィルムを使用すると、積層体10Aを包装材料として使用した包装物品の落下強度が向上する。 Using a uniaxially stretched film as the base material layer 2 improves the heat resistance during bag making. When a biaxially stretched film is used as the base material layer 2, the drop strength of the packaged article using the laminate 10A as the packaging material is improved.

 なお、延伸フィルムが一軸延伸フィルム及び二軸延伸フィルムの何れであるかは、以下に説明するように、広角X線回折法によるin-plane測定を行うことにより判別することができる。この測定によって得られるX線回折パターンは、フィルム面に存在している分子鎖の配向度に関する情報を含んでいる。測定方法の一例を示す。 Whether the stretched film is a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film can be determined by performing in-plane measurement using a wide-angle X-ray diffraction method, as described below. The X-ray diffraction pattern obtained by this measurement contains information on the degree of orientation of molecular chains present on the film surface. An example of the measurement method is shown.

 先ず、リガク社製の広角X線回折装置を使用し、平行ビーム法にて、アウト・オブ・プレーン(out-of-plane)測定を行う。回折角度10°乃至30°の範囲を2θ/θスキャンすることで、測定対象であるフィルムのX線回折パターンを得る。X線としてはCuKα線を用い、多層膜ミラーにより平行化したX線を基材層1へ入射させる。受光ユニットには、平板コリメータを取り付けたシンチレーション検出器を用いる。 First, using a wide-angle X-ray diffractometer manufactured by Rigaku Corporation, out-of-plane measurement is performed by the parallel beam method. An X-ray diffraction pattern of the film to be measured is obtained by 2θ/θ scanning over a range of diffraction angles of 10° to 30°. CuKα rays are used as the X-rays, and the X-rays are collimated by a multilayer film mirror and made incident on the base material layer 1 . A scintillation detector with a flat plate collimator is used as the light receiving unit.

 得られたX線回折パターンから、結晶成分のピーク面積と非晶成分のハローパターン面積とを求め、それら面積の合計に占める結晶成分のピーク面積の割合を結晶化度として算出する。
 測定対象であるフィルムが複数の層を有する場合は、そのフィルムの最表面の何れか一方の結晶化度を測定する。
From the obtained X-ray diffraction pattern, the peak area of the crystalline component and the halo pattern area of the amorphous component are obtained, and the ratio of the peak area of the crystalline component to the total area is calculated as the degree of crystallinity.
When the film to be measured has a plurality of layers, the crystallinity of one of the outermost surfaces of the film is measured.

 測定対象であるフィルムがポリエチレンフィルムである場合、回折角度10°乃至30°の範囲でスキャンを行うと、(110)面と(200)面とに対応する2つのシャープな結晶成分のピークと、ブロードな非晶成分のハローパターンとが観測される。 When the film to be measured is a polyethylene film, scanning at a diffraction angle of 10° to 30° reveals two sharp crystal component peaks corresponding to the (110) plane and the (200) plane, A broad halo pattern of the amorphous component is observed.

 測定対象であるフィルムが一軸延伸フィルム及び二軸延伸フィルムの何れであるかを判別するには、上述の通り、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を用いることが可能である。このin-plane測定は、X線入射角度θ、及び、回折されたX線が検出器にて検知される角度2θを、それぞれ、上記のout-of-plane測定において特定の結晶面に対応した回折ピーク、例えば、ポリエチレンフィルムの(110)面に対応した回折ピークが検出されたときの角度θ及び角度2θへ固定し、この状態で、測定対象であるフィルムを面内方向にスキャンすることで回折パターンを得るというものである。 In order to determine whether the film to be measured is a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film, it is possible to use in-plane measurement by the X-ray diffraction method, as described above. In this in-plane measurement, the X-ray incident angle θ and the angle 2θ at which the diffracted X-rays are detected by the detector correspond to the specific crystal planes in the above out-of-plane measurement. Diffraction peaks, for example, the angle θ and angle 2θ when the diffraction peak corresponding to the (110) plane of a polyethylene film is detected are fixed, and in this state, the film to be measured is scanned in the in-plane direction. to obtain a diffraction pattern.

 機械方向(MD)に一軸延伸された一軸延伸フィルムに対してin-plane測定を行うと、MD方向を0°と定義した場合、(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークを角度2θが約±90°の位置に有する回折パターンを得ることができる。一方で、二軸延伸されたフィルムの場合は、一軸延伸により得られた高次構造が2回目の延伸により乱され、異方性が低下しているため、この(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークを有している回折パターンは得られない。従って、in-plane測定は、一軸延伸フィルムと二軸延伸フィルムとを互いから区別する方法の一つとして挙げることができる。 When in-plane measurement is performed on a uniaxially stretched film uniaxially stretched in the machine direction (MD), when the MD direction is defined as 0 °, a sharp diffraction peak corresponding to the (110) plane is formed at an angle 2θ of about A diffraction pattern with positions of ±90° can be obtained. On the other hand, in the case of a biaxially stretched film, the higher-order structure obtained by the uniaxial stretching is disturbed by the second stretching, and the anisotropy is reduced. A diffraction pattern having a uniform diffraction peak cannot be obtained. Therefore, in-plane measurements can be cited as one method of distinguishing monoaxially and biaxially stretched films from each other.

 ポリマーフィルムを一軸延伸すると、シシケバブ構造と呼ばれる高次構造が現れる。シシケバブ構造は、伸長鎖晶であるシシ構造と、ラメラ晶であるケバブ構造とからなる。一軸延伸フィルムでは、この高次構造が高い秩序度で配列しており、それ故、一軸延伸フィルムに対する上記の測定によって得られるX線回折パターンは、シャープな回折ピークを含むことになる。即ち、一軸延伸フィルムに対して上記の測定を行った場合、明瞭な回折ピークが現れる。なお、「明瞭な回折ピーク」は、半値幅が10°未満の回折ピークを意味している。 When a polymer film is uniaxially stretched, a higher-order structure called a shish kebab structure appears. The shish kebab structure consists of a shish structure, which is an extended chain crystal, and a kebab structure, which is a lamellar crystal. In a uniaxially stretched film, this higher-order structure is arranged with a high degree of order, so the X-ray diffraction pattern obtained by the above measurement for the uniaxially stretched film will contain sharp diffraction peaks. That is, when the above measurement is performed on the uniaxially stretched film, a clear diffraction peak appears. In addition, a "clear diffraction peak" means a diffraction peak with a half width of less than 10°.

 これに対し、二軸延伸フィルムの製造では、特定の方向へ延伸し、次いで、先の方向に対して垂直な方向へ延伸する。そのため、最初の延伸によって上記の高次構造を生じるものの、この高次構造は2回目の延伸によって乱される。そのため、二軸延伸フィルムに対して上記の測定を行った場合、これによって得られるX線回折パターンは、回折ピークはブロードになっている。即ち、二軸延伸フィルムについて上記の測定を行った場合、明瞭な回折ピークは現れない。 On the other hand, in the production of biaxially stretched film, it is stretched in a specific direction and then in a direction perpendicular to the previous direction. Therefore, although the first drawing produces the above-described higher order structure, this higher order structure is disturbed by the second drawing. Therefore, when the above measurement is performed on the biaxially stretched film, the resulting X-ray diffraction pattern has broad diffraction peaks. That is, when the above measurement is performed on the biaxially stretched film, no clear diffraction peak appears.

 以上のように、一軸延伸フィルムと二軸延伸フィルムとでは、上記の測定によって得られるX線回折パターンが相違する。従って、これに基づいて、延伸フィルムが一軸延伸フィルム及び二軸延伸フィルムの何れであるかを判別することができる。 As described above, the uniaxially stretched film and the biaxially stretched film have different X-ray diffraction patterns obtained by the above measurement. Therefore, based on this, it is possible to determine whether the stretched film is a monoaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film.

 延伸フィルムのMD方向(Machine Direction)及びTD方向(Transverse Direction)の延伸倍率はそれぞれ、2倍以上10倍以下であることが好ましく、3倍以上7倍以下であることがより好ましい。延伸フィルムのMD方向又はTD方向の延伸倍率を2倍以上とすることにより、積層体10Aの強度及び耐熱性を向上することができると共に、基材層2への印刷適性を向上することができる。また、MD方向又はTD方向の延伸倍率を2倍以上とすることにより、基材層2の透明性を向上することができるため、内容物や印刷層の視認性を向上させることができる。一方、延伸フィルムのMD方向及びTD方向の延伸倍率の上限値は、特に制限されるものではないが、延伸フィルムの破断限界の観点からは10倍以下とすることが好ましい。 The stretching ratios of the stretched film in the machine direction (MD) and the transverse direction (TD) are preferably 2 to 10 times, more preferably 3 to 7 times. By setting the stretch ratio of the stretched film in the MD direction or the TD direction to 2 times or more, the strength and heat resistance of the laminate 10A can be improved, and the printability of the base material layer 2 can be improved. . In addition, since the transparency of the substrate layer 2 can be improved by setting the stretching ratio in the MD direction or the TD direction to 2 times or more, the visibility of the contents and the printed layer can be improved. On the other hand, the upper limit of the stretching ratio in the MD direction and the TD direction of the stretched film is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the breaking limit of the stretched film, it is preferably 10 times or less.

 また、フィルムは、キャスト法、インフレーション法など、公知の製法にて製造することができる。また、密度が異なるポリエチレンを共押出法により押出した多層構造のポリエチレンフィルムを基材層2として用いることも可能である。 Also, the film can be produced by a known production method such as a casting method or an inflation method. It is also possible to use, as the substrate layer 2, a multi-layered polyethylene film obtained by co-extrusion of polyethylenes having different densities.

 基材層2として、高密度ポリエチレンから構成される層(高密度ポリエチレン層)及び中密度ポリエチレンから構成される層(中密度ポリエチレン層)を備える多層構造のものを使用してもよい。基材層2の外側(シーラント層側とは反対側)に高密度ポリエチレン層を備えることにより、積層体10Aの強度及び耐熱性をより向上させることができる。また、基材層2が中密度ポリエチレン層を備えることにより、基材層2を構成する樹脂フィルムの延伸適性をより向上させることができる。 As the base material layer 2, a multi-layered structure comprising a layer made of high density polyethylene (high density polyethylene layer) and a layer made of medium density polyethylene (medium density polyethylene layer) may be used. By providing the high-density polyethylene layer on the outside of the base material layer 2 (the side opposite to the sealant layer side), the strength and heat resistance of the laminate 10A can be further improved. In addition, since the substrate layer 2 is provided with a medium-density polyethylene layer, the stretchability of the resin film constituting the substrate layer 2 can be further improved.

 基材層2のヘイズは、20%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下であることがより好ましい。このような基材層2は、内容物や印刷層の視認性を向上させることができる。なお、ヘイズは、JIS K7136:2000に準拠した方法で得られる値である。 The haze of the base material layer 2 is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less. Such a base material layer 2 can improve the visibility of the contents and the printed layer. The haze is a value obtained by a method conforming to JIS K7136:2000.

 基材層2の厚さは、10μm乃至200μmの範囲内にあることが好ましく、15μm乃至50μmの範囲内にあることがより好ましい。基材層2が薄すぎると、積層体10Aの強度が小さくなりやすい。また、基材層2が厚すぎると、積層体10Aの加工適性が低下しやすい。 The thickness of the base material layer 2 is preferably in the range of 10 µm to 200 µm, more preferably in the range of 15 µm to 50 µm. If the base material layer 2 is too thin, the strength of the laminate 10A tends to decrease. Moreover, if the base material layer 2 is too thick, the processability of 10 A of laminated bodies will fall easily.

 基材層2は、表面処理されていることが好ましい。この処理によると、基材層2と基材層2に隣接する層との密着性を向上させることができる。 The base material layer 2 is preferably surface-treated. According to this treatment, the adhesion between the substrate layer 2 and the layer adjacent to the substrate layer 2 can be improved.

 表面処理の方法は特に限定されない。表面処理としては、例えば、コロナ放電処理、オゾン処理、酸素ガス及び/又は窒素ガスなどを用いた低温プラズマ処理、グロー放電処理などの物理的処理、並びに化学薬品を用いた酸化処理などの化学的処理が挙げられる。 The surface treatment method is not particularly limited. Surface treatments include, for example, corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, low-temperature plasma treatment using oxygen gas and/or nitrogen gas, physical treatment such as glow discharge treatment, and chemical treatment such as oxidation treatment using chemicals. processing.

 基材層2は、添加剤を更に含んでいてもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、架橋剤、酸化防止剤、アンチブロッキング剤、滑(スリップ)剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、充填剤、補強剤、帯電防止剤、顔料、及び改質用樹脂などが挙げられる。 The base material layer 2 may further contain additives. Examples of additives include cross-linking agents, antioxidants, anti-blocking agents, slip agents, UV absorbers, light stabilizers, fillers, reinforcing agents, antistatic agents, pigments, and modifying resins. is mentioned.

 基材層2に占めるポリエチレンの割合は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましい。一例によると、基材層2は、ポリエチレンからなる。他の例によると、基材層2はポリエチレンと添加剤とからなる。 The proportion of polyethylene in the base material layer 2 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more. According to one example, the substrate layer 2 consists of polyethylene. According to another example, the base layer 2 consists of polyethylene and additives.

 <1.3>ガスバリア層
 ガスバリア層3は、例えば、積層体10Aの酸素バリア性及び水蒸気バリア性を向上させる。
 ガスバリア層3は、無機化合物層からなるか、又は無機化合物層と被覆層からなる。ガスバリア層3が無機化合物層と被覆層からなる場合、基材層2の側から無機化合物層及び被覆層の順に積層されることが好ましい。
<1.3> Gas Barrier Layer The gas barrier layer 3 improves, for example, the oxygen barrier property and the water vapor barrier property of the laminate 10A.
The gas barrier layer 3 consists of an inorganic compound layer, or consists of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer. When the gas barrier layer 3 is composed of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer, it is preferable to laminate the inorganic compound layer and the coating layer in this order from the substrate layer 2 side.

 ガスバリア層3は、塗工によって形成したものであってもよく、無機化合物を蒸着したものであってもよい。 The gas barrier layer 3 may be formed by coating, or may be formed by depositing an inorganic compound.

 無機化合物層に含有される無機化合物としては、例えば、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ケイ素、酸化マグネシウム、酸化錫等の金属酸化物が挙げられる。無機化合物層は、例えば、金属酸化物からなる蒸着膜であることが好ましい。透明性及びバリア性の観点から、金属酸化物としては、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ケイ素、及び酸化マグネシウムからなる群より選択されてよい。さらに、コストを考慮すると、金属酸化物は、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ケイ素から選択される。さらに、加工時に引っ張り延伸性に優れる観点から、金属酸化物として酸化ケイ素を用いることがより好ましい。ガスバリア層3に含まれる無機化合物層を金属酸化物からなる蒸着膜とすることにより、積層体10Aのリサイクル性に影響を与えない範囲のごく薄い層で、高いバリア性を得ることができる。 Examples of inorganic compounds contained in the inorganic compound layer include metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, magnesium oxide, and tin oxide. The inorganic compound layer is preferably a deposited film made of, for example, a metal oxide. From the viewpoint of transparency and barrier properties, the metal oxide may be selected from the group consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon oxide and magnesium oxide. Furthermore, considering cost, the metal oxide is selected from aluminum oxide and silicon oxide. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of excellent tensile stretchability during processing, it is more preferable to use silicon oxide as the metal oxide. By forming the inorganic compound layer included in the gas barrier layer 3 into a deposited film made of a metal oxide, it is possible to obtain high barrier properties with a very thin layer that does not affect the recyclability of the laminate 10A.

 金属酸化物からなる蒸着膜は、透明性を有するため、金属からなる蒸着膜と比べて、積層体からなる包装材料を手にする使用者に、金属箔が使用されているとの誤認を生じさせにくいという利点がある。 Since vapor deposited films made of metal oxides are transparent, compared to vapor deposited films made of metals, users who hold packaging materials made up of laminates may misunderstand that metal foil is being used. It has the advantage that it is difficult to

 酸化アルミニウムからなる蒸着膜の膜厚は、5nm以上30nm以下であることが好ましい。膜厚が5nm以上であると、十分なガスバリア性を得ることができる。また、膜厚が30nm以下であると、薄膜の内部応力による変形によりクラックが発生することを抑制し、ガスバリア性の低下を抑制することができる。なお、膜厚が30nmを超えると、材料使用量の増加、及び膜形成時間の長時間化等に起因してコストが増加し易いため、経済的観点からも好ましくない。上記と同様の観点から、酸化アルミニウムからなる蒸着膜の膜厚は、7nm以上15nm以下であることがより好ましい。 The film thickness of the deposited film made of aluminum oxide is preferably 5 nm or more and 30 nm or less. Sufficient gas-barrier property can be obtained as a film thickness is 5 nm or more. Further, when the film thickness is 30 nm or less, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of cracks due to deformation due to internal stress of the thin film, and to suppress deterioration of gas barrier properties. If the film thickness exceeds 30 nm, the cost tends to increase due to an increase in the amount of material used and an increase in film formation time, which is not preferable from an economic point of view. From the same point of view as above, the film thickness of the deposited film made of aluminum oxide is more preferably 7 nm or more and 15 nm or less.

 酸化ケイ素からなる蒸着膜の膜厚は、10nm以上50nm以下であることが好ましい。膜厚が10nm以上であると、十分なガスバリア性を得ることができる。また、膜厚が50nm以下であると、薄膜の内部応力による変形によりクラックが発生することを抑制し、ガスバリア性の低下を抑制することができる。なお、膜厚が50nmを超えると、材料使用量の増加、及び膜形成時間の長時間化等に起因してコストが増加し易いため、経済的観点からも好ましくない。上記と同様の観点から、酸化ケイ素からなる蒸着膜の膜厚は、20nm以上40nm以下であることがより好ましい。 The film thickness of the deposited film made of silicon oxide is preferably 10 nm or more and 50 nm or less. Sufficient gas-barrier property can be obtained as a film thickness is 10 nm or more. Further, when the film thickness is 50 nm or less, it is possible to suppress the generation of cracks due to deformation due to internal stress of the thin film, and to suppress deterioration of gas barrier properties. If the film thickness exceeds 50 nm, it is not preferable from an economical point of view because the cost tends to increase due to an increase in the amount of material used and an increase in film formation time. From the same viewpoint as above, the film thickness of the deposited film made of silicon oxide is more preferably 20 nm or more and 40 nm or less.

 無機化合物層は、例えば真空成膜で形成することができる。真空成膜では、物理気相成長法あるいは化学気相成長法を用いることができる。物理気相成長法としては、真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。化学気相成長法としては、熱CVD(Chemical Vapor Deposition)法、プラズマCVD法、光CVD法等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The inorganic compound layer can be formed, for example, by vacuum deposition. In vacuum film formation, a physical vapor deposition method or a chemical vapor deposition method can be used. Examples of the physical vapor deposition method include a vacuum deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, and the like, but are not limited to these. Examples of the chemical vapor deposition method include a thermal CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method, a plasma CVD method, an optical CVD method, and the like, but are not limited to these.

 上記真空成膜では、抵抗加熱式真空蒸着法、EB(Electron Beam)加熱式真空蒸着法、誘導加熱式真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、反応性スパッタリング法、デュアルマグネトロンスパッタリング法、プラズマ化学気相堆積法(PECVD法)等が特に好ましく用いられる。ただし、生産性を考慮すれば、現時点では真空蒸着法が最も優れている。真空蒸着法の加熱手段としては電子線加熱方式や抵抗加熱方式、誘導加熱方式のいずれかの方式を用いることが好ましい。 In the vacuum film formation, the resistance heating vacuum deposition method, the EB (Electron Beam) heating vacuum deposition method, the induction heating vacuum deposition method, the sputtering method, the reactive sputtering method, the dual magnetron sputtering method, and the plasma chemical vapor deposition method. (PECVD method) and the like are particularly preferably used. However, in terms of productivity, the vacuum deposition method is currently the best. As a heating means for the vacuum vapor deposition method, it is preferable to use any one of an electron beam heating method, a resistance heating method, and an induction heating method.

 基材層2の無機化合物層が形成される側の面に公知のアンカーコート剤を用いて、アンカーコート層を形成してもよい。これにより、金属酸化物からなる無機化合物層の密着性を向上させることができる。アンカーコート剤としては、ポリエステル系ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエーテル系ポリウレタン樹脂等を例示できる。耐熱性及び層間接着強度の観点からは、アンカーコート剤はポリエステル系ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。 A known anchor coating agent may be used to form an anchor coating layer on the surface of the substrate layer 2 on which the inorganic compound layer is formed. Thereby, the adhesion of the inorganic compound layer made of metal oxide can be improved. Examples of anchor coating agents include polyester-based polyurethane resins and polyether-based polyurethane resins. From the viewpoint of heat resistance and interlayer adhesive strength, the anchor coating agent is preferably a polyester-based polyurethane resin.

 被覆層は、例えば、塗工で形成することができる。この場合、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリアクリロニトリル、及びエポキシ樹脂などの樹脂を含んだ塗液を使用することができる。この塗液には、有機又は無機粒子、層状化合物、及び硬化剤などの添加剤を添加してもよい。 The coating layer can be formed, for example, by coating. In this case, a coating liquid containing resin such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinylidene chloride, polyacrylonitrile, and epoxy resin can be used. Additives such as organic or inorganic particles, layered compounds, and curing agents may be added to the coating liquid.

 被覆層は、例えば、金属アルコキシド、金属アルコキシドの加水分解物、及び、金属アルコキシド或いは金属アルコキシドの加水分解物の反応生成物の少なくとも1つと、水溶性高分子とを含む有機無機複合層であってよい。この有機無機複合層は、更に、シランカップリング剤、シランカップリング剤の加水分解物、及び、シランカップリング剤或いはシランカップリング剤の加水分解物の反応生成物の少なくとも1つを含んでいてよい。 The coating layer is, for example, an organic-inorganic composite layer containing at least one of a metal alkoxide, a hydrolyzate of a metal alkoxide, and a reaction product of a metal alkoxide or a hydrolyzate of a metal alkoxide, and a water-soluble polymer. good. The organic-inorganic composite layer further contains at least one of a silane coupling agent, a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent, and a reaction product of the silane coupling agent or the hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent. good.

 有機無機複合層に含まれる金属アルコキシド及びその加水分解物としては、例えば、テトラエトキシシラン[Si(OC]及びトリイソプロポキシアルミニウム[Al(OC]等の一般式M(OR)で表されるもの、並びにその加水分解物が挙げられる。上記の一般式において、Mは金属を示し、Rはアルキル基を示す。これらのうちの1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて含んでいてもよい。 Metal alkoxides and hydrolysates thereof contained in the organic-inorganic composite layer include, for example, tetraethoxysilane [Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 4 ] and triisopropoxyaluminum [Al(OC 3 H 7 ) 3 ]. Included are those represented by the formula M(OR) n , as well as hydrolysates thereof. In the general formula above, M represents a metal and R represents an alkyl group. One of these may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.

 有機無機複合層の形成に用いられる塗液における、金属アルコキシド、その加水分解物又はそれらの反応生成物の合計含有率は、例えば、酸素バリア性の観点から40質量%以上であってよく、50質量%以上であってよく、65質量%以上であってよい。また、上記塗液における、金属アルコキシド、その加水分解物又はそれらの反応生成物の合計含有率は、例えば、70質量%以下であってよい。 The total content of the metal alkoxide, its hydrolyzate, or their reaction product in the coating liquid used to form the organic-inorganic composite layer may be, for example, 40% by mass or more from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. It may be at least 65% by mass. Moreover, the total content of the metal alkoxide, its hydrolyzate, or reaction product thereof in the coating liquid may be, for example, 70% by mass or less.

 有機無機複合層に含まれる水溶性高分子は、特に限定されず、例えばポリビニルアルコール系、デンプン・メチルセルロース・カルボキシメチルセルロース等の多糖類、及びアクリルポリオール系等の水酸基含有高分子が挙げられる。酸素ガスバリア性を一層向上させる観点から、水溶性高分子は、ポリビニルアルコール系の水溶性高分子を含むことが好ましい。水溶性高分子の数平均分子量は、例えば、40000~180000である。 The water-soluble polymer contained in the organic-inorganic composite layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyvinyl alcohol, polysaccharides such as starch, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, and hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as acrylic polyol. From the viewpoint of further improving the oxygen gas barrier property, the water-soluble polymer preferably contains a polyvinyl alcohol-based water-soluble polymer. The water-soluble polymer has a number average molecular weight of, for example, 40,000 to 180,000.

 有機無機複合層に含まれるポリビニルアルコール系の水溶性高分子は、例えばポリ酢酸ビニルをけん化(部分けん化も含む)して得ることができる。この水溶性高分子は、酢酸基が数十%残存しているものであってもよく、酢酸基が数%しか残存していないものであってもよい。 The polyvinyl alcohol-based water-soluble polymer contained in the organic-inorganic composite layer can be obtained, for example, by saponifying polyvinyl acetate (including partial saponification). This water-soluble polymer may have several tens of percent of acetic acid groups remaining, or may have only several percent of acetic acid groups remaining.

 有機無機複合層の形成に用いられる塗液における水溶性高分子の含有率は、例えば、酸素バリア性の観点から15質量%以上であってよく、20質量%以上であってよい。また、上記塗液における水溶性高分子の含有率は、例えば、酸素バリア性の観点から50質量
%以下であってよく、45質量%以下であってよい。
The content of the water-soluble polymer in the coating liquid used for forming the organic-inorganic composite layer may be, for example, 15% by mass or more, or 20% by mass or more from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. Moreover, the content of the water-soluble polymer in the coating liquid may be, for example, 50% by mass or less, or 45% by mass or less from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties.

 有機無機複合層に使用されるシランカップリング剤としては、有機官能基を有するシランカップリング剤が挙げられる。そのようなシランカップリング剤としては、エチルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、γ-クロロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、グリシドオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプリピルメチルジメトキシシラン等が挙げられる。これらの中から選択されるシランカップリング剤、その加水分解物及びそれらの反応生成物の1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 Silane coupling agents used in the organic-inorganic composite layer include silane coupling agents having organic functional groups. Examples of such silane coupling agents include ethyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, γ-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. methoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and the like. A silane coupling agent selected from these, a hydrolyzate thereof and a reaction product thereof can be used singly or in combination of two or more thereof.

 シランカップリング剤としては、有機官能基としてエポキシ基を有するものを用いることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有するシランカップリング剤としては、例えば、γ-グリシドオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、及びβ-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシランが挙げられる。エポキシ基を有するシランカップリング剤は、ビニル基、アミノ基、メタクリル基又はウレイル基のように、エポキシ基とは異なる有機官能基を有していてもよい。これらの中から選択されるシランカップリング剤、その加水分解物及びそれらの反応生成物の1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 As the silane coupling agent, it is preferable to use one having an epoxy group as an organic functional group. Silane coupling agents having an epoxy group include, for example, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane. A silane coupling agent having an epoxy group may have an organic functional group different from the epoxy group, such as a vinyl group, an amino group, a methacryl group or a ureyl group. A silane coupling agent selected from these, a hydrolyzate thereof and a reaction product thereof can be used singly or in combination of two or more thereof.

 有機官能基を有するシランカップリング剤、その加水分解物又はそれらの反応生成物は、その有機官能基と水溶性高分子の水酸基との相互作用によって、有機無機複合層の酸素バリア性と、隣接する層との密着性を一層向上させることができる。特に、シランカップリング剤、その加水分解物又はそれらの反応生成物がエポキシ基を有し、水溶性高分子がポリビニルアルコール(PVA)である場合、エポキシ基とPVAの水酸基との相互作用により、酸素バリア性と、隣接する層との密着性を更に向上することができる。 A silane coupling agent having an organic functional group, a hydrolyzate thereof, or a reaction product thereof enhances the oxygen barrier property of the organic-inorganic composite layer and the adjacent It is possible to further improve the adhesion with the layer to be coated. In particular, when the silane coupling agent, its hydrolyzate, or reaction product thereof has an epoxy group, and the water-soluble polymer is polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), the interaction between the epoxy group and the hydroxyl group of PVA results in Oxygen barrier properties and adhesion to adjacent layers can be further improved.

 有機無機複合層の形成に用いられる塗液における、シランカップリング剤、その加水分解物及びそれらの反応生成物の合計含有率は、例えば、酸素バリア性の観点から1質量%以上であってよく、2質量%以上であってよい。また、上記塗液におけるシランカップリング剤、その加水分解物及びそれらの反応生成物の合計含有率は、例えば、酸素バリア性の観点から15質量%以下であってよく、12質量%以下であってよい。 The total content of the silane coupling agent, its hydrolyzate and their reaction products in the coating liquid used to form the organic-inorganic composite layer may be, for example, 1% by mass or more from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. , 2% by mass or more. Further, the total content of the silane coupling agent, its hydrolyzate, and their reaction products in the coating liquid may be, for example, 15% by mass or less, or 12% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties. you can

 被覆層の厚さは、50nm以上1000nm以下であることが好ましく、100nm以上500nm以下であることがより好ましい。ガスバリア性被覆層の厚さが50nm以上であると、より十分なガスバリア性を得ることができる傾向があり、1000nm以下であると、十分な柔軟性を保持できる傾向がある。 The thickness of the coating layer is preferably 50 nm or more and 1000 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or more and 500 nm or less. When the thickness of the gas barrier coating layer is 50 nm or more, it tends to be possible to obtain more sufficient gas barrier properties, and when it is 1000 nm or less, it tends to be able to maintain sufficient flexibility.

 ガスバリア層3には、上述した表面処理が施されていることが好ましい。これにより、ガスバリア層3と隣接する層との密着性を向上させることができる。
 なお、ガスバリア層3の材料としてはナノコンポジットを使用してもよい。
The gas barrier layer 3 is preferably subjected to the surface treatment described above. Thereby, the adhesion between the gas barrier layer 3 and the adjacent layer can be improved.
A nanocomposite may be used as the material for the gas barrier layer 3 .

 <1.4>印刷層
 印刷層4は、インキにより構成される層であって、文字及び絵柄等のパターンを表示している。インキは、例えば、ウレタン系、アクリル系、ニトロセルロース系、ゴム系、及び塩化ビニル系等の従来から用いられているインキバインダ樹脂に各種顔料、体質顔料、可塑剤、乾燥剤、及び安定剤等の添加剤が添加された組成を有している。インキとしては、バイオマス由来のインキを用いることが好ましい。また、遮光性インキも好ましく使用することができる。遮光性インキとしては、例えば、白色インキ、黒色インキ、銀色インキ、セピア色インキ等が挙げられる。
<1.4> Printed Layer The printed layer 4 is a layer made of ink and displays patterns such as characters and pictures. The inks are, for example, conventionally used ink binder resins such as urethane, acrylic, nitrocellulose, rubber, and vinyl chloride, various pigments, extenders, plasticizers, desiccants, stabilizers, etc. of additives are added. As the ink, it is preferable to use biomass-derived ink. A light-shielding ink can also be preferably used. Examples of light-shielding ink include white ink, black ink, silver ink, and sepia ink.

 印刷層4の形成方法としては、例えば、オフセット印刷法、グラビア印刷法、フレキソ印刷法及びシルクスクリーン印刷法等の周知の印刷方式や、ロールコート、ナイフエッジコート、及びグラビアコート等の周知の塗布方式を用いることができる。特に、水性フレキソ印刷は、基材層への印刷負荷が小さく、また、環境問題の点からも好ましい。 Examples of methods for forming the printed layer 4 include known printing methods such as offset printing, gravure printing, flexographic printing and silk screen printing, and known coating methods such as roll coating, knife edge coating, and gravure coating. method can be used. In particular, water-based flexographic printing is preferable from the viewpoint of environmental problems, as it has a small printing load on the substrate layer.

 <1.5>接着剤層
 接着剤層5は、少なくとも1種類の接着剤を含む。接着剤は、1液硬化型接着剤であってもよく、2液硬化型接着剤であってもよく、非硬化型接着剤であってもよい。また、接着剤は、無溶剤型接着剤であってもよく、溶剤型接着剤であってもよい。
<1.5> Adhesive Layer The adhesive layer 5 contains at least one type of adhesive. The adhesive may be a one-component curable adhesive, a two-component curable adhesive, or a non-curable adhesive. Further, the adhesive may be a non-solvent adhesive or a solvent adhesive.

 接着剤としては、ポリエーテル系接着剤、ポリエステル系接着剤、シリコーン系接着剤、ポリアミン系接着剤等のエポキシ系接着剤、ウレタン系接着剤、ゴム系接着剤、ビニル系接着剤、シリコーン系接着剤、エポキシ系接着剤、フェノール系接着剤及びオレフィン系接着剤などが挙げられる。バイオマス成分を含む接着剤も好ましく用いることができる。 Examples of adhesives include polyether adhesives, polyester adhesives, silicone adhesives, epoxy adhesives such as polyamine adhesives, urethane adhesives, rubber adhesives, vinyl adhesives, and silicone adhesives. adhesives, epoxy adhesives, phenol adhesives and olefin adhesives. Adhesives containing biomass components can also be preferably used.

 接着剤としては、好ましくは、ガスバリア性を有するポリアミン系接着剤等のエポキシ系接着剤、又はポリエステル・ポリウレタン系接着剤等のウレタン系接着剤が使用される。ガスバリア性接着剤の具体例としては、三菱ガス化学社製の「マクシーブ」及びDIC社製の「Paslim」が挙げられる。 As the adhesive, an epoxy-based adhesive such as a polyamine-based adhesive having gas barrier properties, or a urethane-based adhesive such as a polyester/polyurethane-based adhesive is preferably used. Specific examples of gas barrier adhesives include "Maxieve" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company and "Paslim" manufactured by DIC.

 接着剤層5は、ポリエステルポリオールとイソシアネート化合物とリン酸変性化合物を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物であってもよい。このような接着剤層5は、積層体10Aの酸素バリア性及び水蒸気バリア性を更に改善することができる。 The adhesive layer 5 may be a cured product of a resin composition containing a polyester polyol, an isocyanate compound and a phosphoric acid-modified compound. Such an adhesive layer 5 can further improve the oxygen barrier properties and water vapor barrier properties of the laminate 10A.

 接着剤層5の厚さは、0.1μm乃至20μmの範囲内にあることが好ましく、0.5μm乃至10μmの範囲内にあることがより好ましく、1乃至5μmの範囲内にあることが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 μm to 20 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.5 μm to 10 μm, even more preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm. .

 接着剤層5は、例えば、ダイレクトグラビアロールコート法、グラビアロールコート法、キスコート法、リバースロールコート法、フォンテン法およびトランスファーロールコート法など従来公知の方法により、シーラント層6の上に塗布及び乾燥することにより形成することができる。 The adhesive layer 5 is applied onto the sealant layer 6 by a conventionally known method such as a direct gravure roll coating method, a gravure roll coating method, a kiss coating method, a reverse roll coating method, a fonten method and a transfer roll coating method, and then dried. It can be formed by

 <1.6>シーラント層
 シーラント層6はポリエチレンを含む。ポリエチレンとしては、例えば、基材層2が含むポリエチレンについて上述したものを使用することができる。シーラント層6は、好ましくは、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、又は超低密度ポリエチレン(VLDPE)であり、より好ましくは、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンである。
<1.6> Sealant Layer The sealant layer 6 contains polyethylene. As the polyethylene, for example, the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 can be used. The sealant layer 6 is preferably low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) or very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), more preferably linear low density polyethylene.

 ポリエチレンは、環境負荷の観点から、バイオマス由来のポリエチレン又はリサイクルされたポリエチレンであることが好ましい。 From the perspective of environmental impact, polyethylene is preferably biomass-derived polyethylene or recycled polyethylene.

 シーラント層6は、透明であってもよく、不透明であってもよい。後者の場合、シーラント層6は、着色されていてもよく、白色であることが好ましい。シーラント層6が透明である積層体10Aは、これを包装体に使用した時に、内容物を視認し易い。シーラント層6が不透明である積層体10Aは、これを包装体に使用した時に、印刷層4が表示する画像の視認を内容物が妨げることがない。特に、白色のシーラント層6は、印刷層4が表示する画像の視認性を向上させる。 The sealant layer 6 may be transparent or opaque. In the latter case, the sealant layer 6 may be colored, preferably white. The laminate 10A having a transparent sealant layer 6 makes it easy to visually recognize the contents when used as a package. When the laminated body 10A with the opaque sealant layer 6 is used as a package, the content does not hinder the visibility of the image displayed by the printed layer 4. - 特許庁In particular, the white sealant layer 6 improves the visibility of the image displayed by the printed layer 4 .

 シーラント層6は、「<1.2>基材層」の欄で上述した添加剤を更に含んでいてもよい。
 シーラント層6に占めるポリエチレンの割合は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましい。一例によると、シーラント層6は、ポリエチレンからなる。他の例によると、シーラント層6はポリエチレンと添加剤とからなる。
The sealant layer 6 may further contain the additives described above in the section "<1.2> Base material layer".
The proportion of polyethylene in the sealant layer 6 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more. According to one example, the sealant layer 6 consists of polyethylene. According to another example, the sealant layer 6 consists of polyethylene and additives.

 シーラント層6の厚さは、製造する包装袋の形状や、収容される内容物の質量等を考慮して適宜設定できるが、例えば30乃至150μmの範囲とすることができる。 The thickness of the sealant layer 6 can be appropriately set in consideration of the shape of the packaging bag to be manufactured, the mass of the contents to be contained, and the like, and can be, for example, in the range of 30 to 150 μm.

 シーラント層6は、例えば、無延伸のポリエチレン樹脂フィルム、又はポリエチレンの溶融押出により形成される層である。 The sealant layer 6 is, for example, an unstretched polyethylene resin film or a layer formed by melt extrusion of polyethylene.

 <1.7>効果
 上述した積層体10Aは、耐熱性及び透明性に優れている。これについて、以下に説明する。
<1.7> Effect The laminate 10A described above is excellent in heat resistance and transparency. This will be explained below.

 包装袋の製造には、一般に、積層体のシーラント層同士を接触させ、それらが接触した部分を治具で挟んで圧力及び熱を加えることにより、上記接触部を熱溶着(ヒートシール)させる工程がある。ヒートシール機の治具は高温になっており、治具に直接接触する基材層の表面は高温に曝される。その結果、耐熱性が劣るポリエチレンを基材層に使用した場合、基材層の表面が熱に冒されて治具に付着するなどの不具合が生じる場合がある。そのため、ポリエチレンを基材層に使用した従来の積層体は、製袋温度の適正条件が狭く、生産性が悪いことが課題となっていた。 In the production of packaging bags, generally, the sealant layers of the laminate are brought into contact with each other, and the contact portions are sandwiched between jigs to apply pressure and heat, thereby heat-sealing the contact portions. There is The jig of the heat-sealing machine is at a high temperature, and the surface of the base material layer in direct contact with the jig is exposed to high temperature. As a result, when polyethylene, which is inferior in heat resistance, is used for the substrate layer, the surface of the substrate layer may be affected by heat, causing problems such as adhesion to jigs. Therefore, conventional laminates using polyethylene as a base layer have a problem of poor productivity due to narrow appropriate bag-making temperature conditions.

 本発明者らは、基材層2の分子配向度が1.07以上であると、基材層2が優れた耐熱性を示し、それ故、積層体10Aも優れた耐熱性を示すこと、特には良好なヒートシール適性を達成することを見出した。 The present inventors have found that when the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more, the substrate layer 2 exhibits excellent heat resistance, and therefore the laminate 10A also exhibits excellent heat resistance. It has been found that particularly good heat-sealability is achieved.

 積層体10Aでは、基材層2として、一般に耐熱性が乏しいと言われているポリエチレンを用いている。しかしながら、基材層2の分子配向度を1.07以上とすることにより、製袋のために行うヒートシールの温度範囲が拡がり、生産性の低下を生じない。 In the laminate 10A, as the base layer 2, polyethylene, which is generally said to have poor heat resistance, is used. However, by setting the degree of molecular orientation of the base material layer 2 to 1.07 or more, the temperature range of heat sealing performed for bag making is widened, and productivity is not lowered.

 更に、積層体10Aは、ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上である。従って、積層体10Aはリサイクル性にも優れている。 Furthermore, the laminate 10A has a polyethylene content of 90% by mass or more. Therefore, the laminate 10A is also excellent in recyclability.

 <1.8>変形例
 図1では、積層体10Aは、ガスバリア層3と接着剤層5との間に印刷層4を含むが、印刷層4は、基材層2とシーラント層6との間の何れの位置に設けられていてもよい。例えば、印刷層4は、基材層2のシーラント層6と向き合った面(即ち、基材層2の裏面)に設けられていてもよい。あるいは、印刷層4は、基材層2の表面に設けられていてもよい。また、複数の印刷層4が設けられていてもよい。基材層2は、透明性に優れるため、印刷層4が基材層2とシーラント層6との間に含まれる場合でも、基材層2側から積層体10Aを観察した場合に、印刷層4が表示するパターンを鮮明に見ることができる。或いは、印刷層4は、省略してもよい。
<1.8> Modification In FIG. 1, the laminate 10A includes the printed layer 4 between the gas barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5. It may be provided at any position in between. For example, the printed layer 4 may be provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 facing the sealant layer 6 (that is, the back surface of the base material layer 2). Alternatively, the printed layer 4 may be provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 . Also, a plurality of printed layers 4 may be provided. Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the substrate layer 2 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10A is observed from the substrate layer 2 side, the printed layer The pattern displayed by 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.

 また、基材層2の主面のうち、ガスバリア層3と対向する主面にはアンカーコート層を形成してもよい。また、ガスバリア層3は、省略してもよい。 Further, an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the gas barrier layer 3 . Moreover, the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.

 また、積層体10Aに遮光性を付与するために、基材層2又はシーラント層6の上に金属蒸着層を設けてもよい。積層体10Aが後述の中間層を含んでいる場合は、中間層の上に金属蒸着層を設けてもよい。金属蒸着層としてアルミ蒸着層を挙げることができる。 In addition, a metal deposition layer may be provided on the base material layer 2 or the sealant layer 6 in order to impart light shielding properties to the laminate 10A. When the laminate 10A includes an intermediate layer, which will be described later, a metal deposition layer may be provided on the intermediate layer. An aluminum vapor deposition layer can be mentioned as a metal vapor deposition layer.

 また、シーラント層6が不透明であってもよいことを既に述べたが、基材層2も不透明であってもよい。基材層2は、着色されていてもよく、例えば白色である。積層体10Aが後述の中間層を含んでいる場合は、中間層は不透明であってもよい。中間層は、着色されていてもよく、例えば白色である。 In addition, although it has already been stated that the sealant layer 6 may be opaque, the base material layer 2 may also be opaque. The substrate layer 2 may be colored, for example white. When the laminate 10A includes an intermediate layer, which will be described later, the intermediate layer may be opaque. The intermediate layer may be colored, for example white.

 <2>第2実施形態
 <2.1>積層体
 図2は、本発明の第2実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。
 図2に示す積層体10Bは、基材層2の表面に設けられた保護層1を更に含んでいること以外は、積層体10Aと同様である。
<2> Second Embodiment <2.1> Laminate FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
A layered body 10B shown in FIG. 2 is the same as the layered body 10A except that it further includes a protective layer 1 provided on the surface of the substrate layer 2 .

 <2.2>保護層
 保護層1は、基材層2を間に挟んでシーラント層6と向き合った最表層である。ここでは、保護層1は、基材層2の表面を被覆している。
<2.2> Protective Layer The protective layer 1 is the outermost layer facing the sealant layer 6 with the base material layer 2 interposed therebetween. Here, the protective layer 1 covers the surface of the base material layer 2 .

 保護層1は、熱硬化型樹脂からなる。即ち、保護層1は、熱硬化型樹脂層である。熱硬化型樹脂の硬化物は、耐熱性を有するものであれば、特に限定されない。熱硬化型樹脂としては、例えば、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、アクリル樹脂、及びエポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。保護層1は、上記熱硬化型樹脂を1種含むものであってもよいし、2種以上を含むものであってもよい。 The protective layer 1 is made of a thermosetting resin. That is, the protective layer 1 is a thermosetting resin layer. The cured product of the thermosetting resin is not particularly limited as long as it has heat resistance. Thermosetting resins include, for example, polyurethane resins, polyester resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, acrylic resins, and epoxy resins. The protective layer 1 may contain one type of the above thermosetting resin, or may contain two or more types.

 保護層1は、一形態において、水溶性高分子を含むことが好ましく、さらに有機金属化合物を含む有機無機複合層であることが好ましい。 In one form, the protective layer 1 preferably contains a water-soluble polymer, and is preferably an organic-inorganic composite layer containing an organometallic compound.

 水溶性高分子としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系、デンプン・メチルセルロース・カルボキシメチルセルロース等の多糖類、及びアクリルポリオール系等の水酸基含有高分子が挙げられる。保護層1は、一形態において、後述するガスバリア層3としての被覆層が含有し得るポリビニルアルコール系水酸基含有高分子を含むことが好ましい。 Examples of water-soluble polymers include polyvinyl alcohol, polysaccharides such as starch, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, and hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as acrylic polyol. In one form, the protective layer 1 preferably contains a polyvinyl alcohol-based hydroxyl group-containing polymer that can be contained in a coating layer as the gas barrier layer 3 described later.

 保護層1は、有機金属化合物として、金属アルコキシド、金属アルコキシドの加水分解物、及び、金属アルコキシド或いはその加水分解物の反応生成物の少なくとも1つを含有することが好ましい。金属アルコキシドとしては、例えば、テトラエトキシシラン[Si(OC]及びトリイソプロポキシアルミニウム[Al(OC]等の一般式M(OR)で表されるものが挙げられる。 The protective layer 1 preferably contains at least one of a metal alkoxide, a hydrolyzate of a metal alkoxide, and a reaction product of a metal alkoxide or a hydrolyzate thereof as an organometallic compound. Examples of metal alkoxides include those represented by the general formula M(OR) n such as tetraethoxysilane [Si( OC2H5 ) 4 ] and triisopropoxyaluminum [Al( OC3H7 ) 3 ]. mentioned.

 また、保護層1は、有機金属化合物として更に、シランカップリング剤、シランカップリング剤の加水分解物、及び、シランカップリング剤或いはシランカップリング剤の加水分解物の反応生成物の少なくとも1つを含むことが好ましい。 The protective layer 1 further includes at least one of a silane coupling agent, a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent, and a reaction product of the silane coupling agent or a hydrolyzate of the silane coupling agent as the organometallic compound. It is preferred to include

 保護層1は、一形態において、後述するガスバリア層3としての被覆層を形成するための塗布液を用いて形成することができる。また、積層体10Bがガスバリア層3として無機化合物層と被覆層とを含む場合、保護層1は、その被覆層を形成するために用いる塗布液と同じ塗布液を用いて形成された層であってよい。 In one form, the protective layer 1 can be formed using a coating liquid for forming a coating layer as the gas barrier layer 3, which will be described later. Further, when the laminate 10B includes an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer as the gas barrier layer 3, the protective layer 1 is a layer formed using the same coating liquid as the coating liquid used to form the coating layer. you can

 保護層1の厚さが厚くなると、高い耐熱性を達成する傾向にある。高い耐熱性を達成すためには、保護層1の厚さは、0.3μm以上であることが好ましい。また、保護層1の厚さが厚くなると、積層体10Bの製造過程において樹脂塗膜を十分に乾燥させることが困難となる傾向にある。生産性の観点からは、保護層1の厚さは、3μm以下であることが好ましい。 The thicker the protective layer 1, the higher the heat resistance tends to be achieved. In order to achieve high heat resistance, the thickness of protective layer 1 is preferably 0.3 μm or more. Moreover, when the thickness of the protective layer 1 increases, it tends to become difficult to sufficiently dry the resin coating film in the manufacturing process of the laminate 10B. From the viewpoint of productivity, the thickness of protective layer 1 is preferably 3 μm or less.

 <2.3>効果
 積層体10Bは、保護層1を含んでいる。上記の通り、保護層1は、積層体10Bの表面におけるヒートシール時の熱ダメージを軽減する。それ故、積層体10Bは、更に優れた耐熱性、特には、より良好なヒートシール適性を達成し得る。従って、積層体10Bについて上述した構成を採用すると、製袋のために行うヒートシールの温度範囲が拡がり、生産性の低下を更に生じ難くなる。
<2.3> Effect The laminate 10B includes the protective layer 1 . As described above, the protective layer 1 reduces thermal damage during heat sealing on the surface of the laminate 10B. Therefore, the laminate 10B can achieve even better heat resistance, particularly better heat-sealability. Therefore, when the laminate 10B has the configuration described above, the temperature range for heat sealing for bag making is widened, and the decrease in productivity is less likely to occur.

 また、保護層1は実質的に透明であるから、積層体10Bが保護層1を更に含んでいても、表面側から印刷層4が表示する画像を視認することができる。
 即ち、積層体10Bは、透明性に優れるとともに、耐熱性に更に優れている。そして、積層体10Bは、ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上であるため、リサイクル性にも優れている。
Moreover, since the protective layer 1 is substantially transparent, even if the laminate 10B further includes the protective layer 1, the image displayed by the printed layer 4 can be visually recognized from the surface side.
That is, the laminate 10B has excellent transparency and further excellent heat resistance. Moreover, since the laminate 10B has a ratio of polyethylene of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.

 <2.4>変形例
 図2では、積層体10Bは、ガスバリア層3と接着剤層5との間に印刷層4を含むが、印刷層4は、保護層1とシーラント層6との間の何れの位置に設けられていてもよい。基材層2は、透明性に優れるため、印刷層4が保護層1とシーラント層6との間に含まれる場合でも、保護層1側から積層体10Bを観察した場合に、印刷層4が表示するパターンを鮮明に見ることができる。或いは、印刷層4は、省略してもよい。
<2.4> Modification In FIG. 2, the laminate 10B includes the printed layer 4 between the gas barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5. may be provided at any position. Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the protective layer 1 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10B is observed from the protective layer 1 side, the printed layer 4 is The displayed pattern can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.

 また、基材層2の主面のうち、ガスバリア層3と対向する主面にはアンカーコート層を形成してもよい。また、ガスバリア層3は、省略してもよい。 Further, an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the gas barrier layer 3 . Moreover, the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.

 <3>第3実施形態
 <3.1>積層体
 図3は、本発明の第3実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。
 図3に示す積層体10Cは、以下の事項を除き、積層体10Aと同様である。即ち、積層体10Cは、中間層7を更に含んでいる。また、積層体10Cは、接着剤層5の代わりに第1接着剤層5A及び第2接着剤層5Bを含んでいる。即ち、積層体10Cは、基材層2と、印刷層4と、第1接着剤層5Aと、中間層7と、ガスバリア層3と、第2接着剤層5Bと、シーラント層6とをこの順序で含んでいる。
<3> Third Embodiment <3.1> Laminate Fig. 3 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
A laminate 10C shown in FIG. 3 is the same as the laminate 10A except for the following items. That is, the laminate 10C further includes an intermediate layer 7. As shown in FIG. Moreover, the laminate 10C includes a first adhesive layer 5A and a second adhesive layer 5B instead of the adhesive layer 5. As shown in FIG. That is, the laminate 10C includes the substrate layer 2, the printed layer 4, the first adhesive layer 5A, the intermediate layer 7, the gas barrier layer 3, the second adhesive layer 5B, and the sealant layer 6. Including in order.

 <3.2>中間層
 中間層7は、基材層2とシーラント層6との間に介在している。中間層7は、ポリエチレンを含んでいる。積層体10Cにおいて、中間層7は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が、1.07以上であり、好ましくは1.10以上であり、より好ましくは1.15以上、更に好ましくは1.20以上、更に好ましくは1.25以上、更に好ましくは1.30以上である。この場合、中間層7の分子配向度の上限値は、特に限定されないが、例えば、2.0以下、1.8以下、又は、1.5以下である。このような中間層7は、透明性に優れるとともに、積層体10Cの強度、特には突き刺し強度の向上に寄与することができる。
<3.2> Intermediate Layer The intermediate layer 7 is interposed between the base material layer 2 and the sealant layer 6 . The intermediate layer 7 contains polyethylene. In the laminate 10C, the intermediate layer 7 has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more, preferably 1.10 or more, more preferably 1.15 or more. It is preferably 1.20 or more, more preferably 1.25 or more, and still more preferably 1.30 or more. In this case, the upper limit of the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer 7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 2.0 or less, 1.8 or less, or 1.5 or less. Such an intermediate layer 7 is excellent in transparency and can contribute to improving the strength of the laminate 10C, particularly the puncture strength.

 積層体の「突き刺し強度」は、JIS Z1707:2019「食品包装用プラスチックフィルム通則」に規定される方法において、積層体10Cに対して基材層2側から突き刺した場合によって得られる値である。具体的には、直径が1mmであり、先端部が半円形の針を、積層体10Cに対して基材層2側から50mm/分の速度で突き刺し、針が貫通するまでの最大力を測定する。この測定を複数回行い、最大力の算術平均を突き刺し強度として得る。 The "puncture strength" of the laminate is a value obtained when the laminate 10C is pierced from the base layer 2 side in the method specified in JIS Z1707:2019 "General Rules for Plastic Films for Food Packaging". Specifically, a needle with a diameter of 1 mm and a semicircular tip is pierced into the laminated body 10C from the base layer 2 side at a speed of 50 mm/min, and the maximum force until the needle penetrates is measured. do. This measurement is performed multiple times and the arithmetic mean of the maximum force is obtained as the puncture strength.

 中間層7に含まれるポリエチレンとしては、例えば、第1実施形態において基材層2が含むポリエチレンについて上述したものを使用することができる。中間層7は、例えば、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)、中密度ポリエチレン(MDPE)、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、又は超低密度ポリエチレン(VLDPE)である。これらの中でも、積層体10Cの印刷適性、強度及び耐熱性、並びにフィルムの延伸適性の観点から、高密度ポリエチレン及び中密度ポリエチレンが好ましく、延伸適性の観点から、中密度ポリエチレンがより好ましい。 As the polyethylene contained in the intermediate layer 7, for example, the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2 in the first embodiment can be used. The intermediate layer 7 is, for example, high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) or very low density polyethylene (VLDPE). Among these, high-density polyethylene and medium-density polyethylene are preferable from the viewpoint of printability, strength and heat resistance of the laminate 10C, and film stretchability, and medium-density polyethylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stretchability.

 中間層7に含まれるポリエチレンは、基材層2に含まれるポリエチレンと同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。また、中間層7は、上述した添加剤を更に含んでいてもよい。 The polyethylene contained in the intermediate layer 7 may be the same as or different from the polyethylene contained in the base material layer 2. In addition, the intermediate layer 7 may further contain the additives described above.

 中間層7は、好ましくは延伸フィルムである。中間層7が延伸フィルムである場合、中間層7は、一軸延伸フィルムであってもよく、二軸延伸フィルムであってもよい。中間層7を構成する延伸フィルムは、基材層2を構成する延伸フィルムと同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 The intermediate layer 7 is preferably a stretched film. When the intermediate layer 7 is a stretched film, the intermediate layer 7 may be a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film. The stretched film forming the intermediate layer 7 may be the same as or different from the stretched film forming the base layer 2 .

 中間層7として、一軸延伸フィルムを使用すると、製袋時の耐熱性が向上する。中間層7として二軸延伸フィルムを使用すると、積層体10Cを包装材料として使用した包装物品の落下強度が向上する。 Using a uniaxially stretched film as the intermediate layer 7 improves the heat resistance during bag making. When a biaxially oriented film is used as the intermediate layer 7, the drop strength of the packaged article using the laminate 10C as the packaging material is improved.

 なお、延伸フィルムが一軸延伸フィルム及び二軸延伸フィルムの何れであるかは、第1実施形態の欄で説明したとおり、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を行うことにより判別することができる。 It should be noted that whether the stretched film is a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film can be determined by performing in-plane measurement using the X-ray diffraction method, as described in the section of the first embodiment.

 中間層7の分子配向度は、中間層7の中央部及び端部で測定した分子配向度の平均が1.07以上であることが好ましく、中間層7の中央部で測定した分子配向度が1.07以上であることがより好ましい。中間層7の分子配向度は、第1実施形態の「<1.2>基材層」の欄で基材層2の分子配向度について記載したとおり、その材料の選択によって調節することもできる。中間層7を構成する延伸フィルムは、基材層2を構成する延伸フィルムと同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 As for the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer 7, the average of the degree of molecular orientation measured at the central portion and the end portions of the intermediate layer 7 is preferably 1.07 or more. It is more preferably 1.07 or more. The degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer 7 can also be adjusted by selecting the material, as described for the degree of molecular orientation of the base layer 2 in the section "<1.2> Base layer" in the first embodiment. . The stretched film forming the intermediate layer 7 may be the same as or different from the stretched film forming the base layer 2 .

 なお、この実施形態において、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07未満の中間層を用いても良い。マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07未満の中間層を用いることで積層体10Cの強度、特には落下強度を向上させることができる。マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07未満の中間層としては無延伸フィルムであることが好ましい。 In addition, in this embodiment, an intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of less than 1.07 may be used. By using an intermediate layer whose absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method is less than 1.07, the strength of the laminate 10C, particularly drop strength, can be improved. An unstretched film is preferable as the intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation of less than 1.07 as measured by a microwave method.

 中間層7に占めるポリエチレンの割合は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましい。一例によると、中間層7は、ポリエチレンからなる。他の例によると、中間層7はポリエチレンと添加剤とからなる。 The proportion of polyethylene in the intermediate layer 7 is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more. According to one example, the intermediate layer 7 consists of polyethylene. According to another example, the intermediate layer 7 consists of polyethylene and additives.

 中間層7の厚さは、10μm乃至200μmの範囲内にあることが好ましく、15μm乃至50μmの範囲内にあることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the intermediate layer 7 is preferably in the range of 10 µm to 200 µm, more preferably in the range of 15 µm to 50 µm.

 中間層7としては、上述したキャスト法、インフレーション法など、公知の製法にて製造することができ、また、密度が異なるポリエチレンを共押出法により押出した多層構造のポリエチレンフィルムを中間層7として用いることも可能である。 The intermediate layer 7 can be produced by a known method such as the above-described casting method or inflation method, and a multi-layered polyethylene film obtained by extruding polyethylene having different densities by a co-extrusion method is used as the intermediate layer 7. is also possible.

 中間層7は、基材層2と同様、表面処理されていることが好ましい。この処理によると、中間層7に隣接する層との密着性を向上させることができる。表面処理の方法は特に限定されない。表面処理としては、例えば、コロナ放電処理、オゾン処理、酸素ガス及び/又は窒素ガスなどを用いた低温プラズマ処理、グロー放電処理などの物理的処理、並びに化学薬品を用いた酸化処理などの化学的処理が挙げられる。 The intermediate layer 7 is preferably surface-treated like the base material layer 2 . According to this treatment, the adhesion between the intermediate layer 7 and the adjacent layer can be improved. The surface treatment method is not particularly limited. Surface treatments include, for example, corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, low-temperature plasma treatment using oxygen gas and/or nitrogen gas, physical treatment such as glow discharge treatment, and chemical treatment such as oxidation treatment using chemicals. processing.

 <3.3>接着剤層
 第1接着剤層5Aは、印刷層4と中間層7との間に介在しており、それらを貼り合わせている。第2接着剤層5Bは、ガスバリア層3とシーラント層6との間に介在しており、それらを貼り合わせている。これら接着剤層は、層間の密着性を向上させる。
<3.3> Adhesive Layer The first adhesive layer 5A is interposed between the printed layer 4 and the intermediate layer 7 to bond them together. The second adhesive layer 5B is interposed between the gas barrier layer 3 and the sealant layer 6 to bond them together. These adhesive layers improve adhesion between layers.

 第1接着剤層5A及び第2接着剤層5Bを形成するための接着剤としては、第1実施形態の「<1.5>接着剤層」の欄で記載した接着剤を使用することができる。第2接着剤層5Bの材料は、第1接着剤層5Aの材料と同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 As the adhesive for forming the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B, the adhesive described in the section "<1.5> Adhesive layer" in the first embodiment can be used. can. The material of the second adhesive layer 5B may be the same as or different from the material of the first adhesive layer 5A.

 第1接着剤層5A及び第2接着剤層5Bの厚さは、0.1μm乃至20μmの範囲内にあることが好ましく、0.5μm乃至10μmの範囲内にあることがより好ましく、1乃至5μmの範囲内にあることが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B is preferably in the range of 0.1 μm to 20 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.5 μm to 10 μm, and 1 to 5 μm. is more preferably within the range of

 第1接着剤層5A及び第2接着剤層5Bは、例えば、ダイレクトグラビアロールコート法、グラビアロールコート法、キスコート法、リバースロールコート法、フォンテン法およびトランスファーロールコート法など従来公知の方法により、基材層2またはシーラント層6の上に塗布及び乾燥することにより形成することができる。 The first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B are formed, for example, by a conventionally known method such as a direct gravure roll coating method, a gravure roll coating method, a kiss coating method, a reverse roll coating method, a fonten method and a transfer roll coating method. It can be formed by coating and drying on the base material layer 2 or the sealant layer 6 .

 <3.4>効果
 積層体10Cは、基材層2の分子配向度が1.07以上である。それ故、積層体10Cは、積層体10Aと同様に、耐熱性及び透明性に優れている。
<3.4> Effect In the laminate 10C, the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more. Therefore, the laminate 10C is excellent in heat resistance and transparency, like the laminate 10A.

 また、積層体10Cは、分子配向度が1.07以上である中間層7を含んでいる。この中間層7は、積層体10Cの強度、特には突き刺し強度を高める。それ故、積層体10Cは、強度、特には突き刺し強度に優れている。 In addition, the laminate 10C includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more. This intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10C, especially the puncture strength. Therefore, the laminate 10C is excellent in strength, especially puncture strength.

 そして、積層体10Cは、ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上であるため、リサイクル性にも優れている。 Also, since the laminate 10C has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.

 また、ポリエチレンの割合が高い積層体は、他の積層体と比較して腰が弱く、それ故、包装材料として使用した場合に折り曲げられる機会が多い。折り曲げられる機会が多くなると、ピンホールが発生する可能性が高まるが、突き刺し強度に優れている積層体10Cは、ピンホールを発生し難い。 In addition, laminates with a high proportion of polyethylene are weaker in stiffness than other laminates, and are therefore more likely to be bent when used as packaging materials. As the chances of bending increase, the possibility of pinhole formation increases. However, the laminated body 10C, which has excellent piercing strength, is less prone to pinhole formation.

 <3.5>変形例
 図3では、積層体10Cは、基材層2と第1接着剤層5Aとの間に印刷層4を含むが、印刷層4は、基材層2とシーラント層6との間の何れの位置に設けられていてもよい。基材層2及び中間層7は、透明性に優れるため、印刷層4が基材層2とシーラント層6との間に含まれる場合でも、基材層2側から積層体10Cを観察した場合に、印刷層4が表示するパターンを鮮明に見ることができる。或いは、印刷層4は、省略してもよい。
<3.5> Modification In FIG. 3, the laminate 10C includes the printed layer 4 between the base material layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A. 6 may be provided. Since the substrate layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 are excellent in transparency, even when the print layer 4 is included between the substrate layer 2 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10C is observed from the substrate layer 2 side 2, the pattern displayed by the printed layer 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.

 また、基材層2の主面のうち、印刷層4と対向する主面にはアンカーコート層を形成してもよい。また、ガスバリア層3は、省略してもよい。 Further, an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 . Moreover, the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.

 <4>第4実施形態
 <4.1>積層体
 図4は、本発明の第4実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。
 図4に示す積層体10Dは、基材層2の表面に設けられた保護層1を更に含んでいること以外は、積層体10Cと同様である。保護層1としては、第2実施形態において説明したものを使用することができる。
<4> Fourth Embodiment <4.1> Laminate Fig. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
A layered body 10D shown in FIG. 4 is the same as the layered body 10C except that the protective layer 1 provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 is further included. As the protective layer 1, the one described in the second embodiment can be used.

 <4.2>効果
 積層体10Dは、基材層2の分子配向度が1.07以上である。そして、積層体10Dは、保護層1を含んでいる。それ故、積層体10Dは、更に優れた耐熱性、特には、より良好なヒートシール適性を達成し得る。従って、積層体10Dについて上述した構成を採用すると、製袋のために行うヒートシールの温度範囲が拡がり、生産性の低下を更に生じ難くなる。
<4.2> Effect In the laminate 10D, the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more. The laminated body 10</b>D includes a protective layer 1 . Therefore, the laminate 10D can achieve even better heat resistance, particularly better heat-sealability. Therefore, if the laminate 10D has the configuration described above, the temperature range for heat-sealing for bag making is widened, and productivity is less likely to decrease.

 また、保護層1は実質的に透明であるから、積層体10Dが保護層1を更に含んでいても、表面側から印刷層4が表示する画像を視認することができる。
 即ち、積層体10Dは、透明性に優れるとともに、耐熱性に更に優れている。
Moreover, since the protective layer 1 is substantially transparent, even if the laminate 10D further includes the protective layer 1, the image displayed by the printed layer 4 can be visually recognized from the surface side.
That is, the laminate 10D has excellent transparency and further excellent heat resistance.

 また、積層体10Dは、分子配向度が1.07以上である中間層7を含んでいる。この中間層7は、積層体10Dの強度、特には突き刺し強度を高める。それ故、積層体10Dは、強度、特には突き刺し強度に優れている。 In addition, the laminate 10D includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more. This intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10D, especially the puncture strength. Therefore, the laminate 10D is excellent in strength, especially puncture strength.

 そして、積層体10Dは、ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上であるため、リサイクル性にも優れている。 In addition, since the laminate 10D has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.

 <4.3>変形例
 図4では、積層体10Dは、基材層2と第1接着剤層5Aとの間に印刷層4を含むが、印刷層4は、保護層1とシーラント層6との間の何れの位置に設けられていてもよい。基材層2及び中間層7は、透明性に優れるため、印刷層4が保護層1とシーラント層6との間に含まれる場合でも、保護層1側から積層体10Dを観察した場合に、印刷層4が表示するパターンを鮮明に見ることができる。或いは、印刷層4は、省略してもよい。
<4.3> Modification In FIG. 4, the laminate 10D includes the printed layer 4 between the base material layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A. The printed layer 4 includes the protective layer 1 and the sealant layer 6 may be provided at any position between Since the substrate layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 are excellent in transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the protective layer 1 and the sealant layer 6, when the laminate 10D is observed from the protective layer 1 side, The pattern displayed by the printed layer 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.

 また、基材層2の主面のうち、印刷層4と対向する主面にはアンカーコート層を形成してもよい。また、ガスバリア層3は、省略してもよい。 Further, an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 . Moreover, the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.

 <5>第5実施形態
 <5.1>積層体
 図5は、本発明の第5実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。
 図5に示す積層体10Eは、中間層7の分子配向度が1.07以下であること以外は、積層体10Cと同様である。即ち、中間層7は、基材層2とシーラント層6との間に介在している。中間層7は、ポリエチレンを含んでいる。積層体10Eにおいて、中間層7は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が、1.07以下であり、好ましくは1.07未満である。積層体10Eにおいて、中間層7は無延伸フィルムであることが好ましい。このような中間層7は、積層体10Eの強度、特には落下強度の向上に寄与することができる。
<5> Fifth Embodiment <5.1> Laminate FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
A laminate 10E shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the laminate 10C except that the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer 7 is 1.07 or less. That is, the intermediate layer 7 is interposed between the base material layer 2 and the sealant layer 6 . The intermediate layer 7 contains polyethylene. In the laminate 10E, the intermediate layer 7 has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or less, preferably less than 1.07. In the laminate 10E, the intermediate layer 7 is preferably an unstretched film. Such an intermediate layer 7 can contribute to improving the strength of the laminate 10E, particularly drop strength.

 <5.2>効果
 積層体10Eは、基材層2の分子配向度が1.07以上である。それ故、積層体10Eは、積層体10Aと同様に、耐熱性及び透明性に優れている。
<5.2> Effect In the laminate 10E, the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more. Therefore, the laminate 10E is excellent in heat resistance and transparency, like the laminate 10A.

 また、積層体10Eは、分子配向度が1.07以下、好ましくは1.07未満である中間層7を含んでいる。この中間層7は、積層体10Eの強度、特には落下強度を高める。即ち、積層体10Eでは、包装体において使用した場合に、基材層2の内側に位置する中間層7は、基材層2と比較して軟らかい。この構造は、積層体10Eを包装材料として使用した包装物品を落下させた場合に生じる衝撃を吸収するのに適している。それ故、積層体10Eを包装材料として使用した包装物品は、落下による破損(破袋)を生じ難い。従って、積層体10Eは、強度、特には落下強度に優れている。 In addition, the laminate 10E includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or less, preferably less than 1.07. The intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10E, especially drop strength. That is, in the laminate 10E, the intermediate layer 7 positioned inside the base material layer 2 is softer than the base material layer 2 when used in a package. This structure is suitable for absorbing the impact that occurs when a packaged article using the laminate 10E as a packaging material is dropped. Therefore, a packaged article using the laminate 10E as a packaging material is less likely to be damaged (broken bag) due to dropping. Therefore, the laminate 10E is excellent in strength, particularly drop strength.

 なお、この実施形態において、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以上の中間層を用いても良い。マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以上の中間層を用いた場合、積層体10Eの強度、特には突き刺し強度を向上させることができる。マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以上の中間層としては延伸フィルムであることが好ましい。 In addition, in this embodiment, an intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more may be used. When an intermediate layer having an absolute value of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more is used, the strength of the laminate 10E, particularly the puncture strength, can be improved. A stretched film is preferable as the intermediate layer having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more.

 そして、積層体10Eは、ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上であるため、リサイクル性にも優れている。 Moreover, since the laminate 10E has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.

 <5.3>変形例
 図5では、積層体10Eは、基材層2と第1接着剤層5Aとの間に印刷層4を含むが、印刷層4は、基材層2と中間層7との間の何れの位置に設けられていてもよい。基材層2は、透明性に優れるため、印刷層4が基材層2と中間層7との間に含まれる場合でも、基材層2側から積層体10Eを観察した場合に、印刷層4が表示するパターンを鮮明に見ることができる。或いは、印刷層4は、省略してもよい。
<5.3> Modification In FIG. 5, the laminate 10E includes the printed layer 4 between the base layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A. 7 may be provided. Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the substrate layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7, when the laminate 10E is observed from the substrate layer 2 side, the printed layer The pattern displayed by 4 can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.

 また、基材層2の主面のうち、印刷層4と対向する主面にはアンカーコート層を形成してもよい。また、ガスバリア層3は、省略してもよい。 Further, an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 . Moreover, the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.

 <6>第6実施形態
 <6.1>積層体
 図6は、本発明の第6実施形態に係る積層体を概略的に示す断面図である。
<6> Sixth Embodiment <6.1> Laminate Fig. 6 is a sectional view schematically showing a laminate according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention.

 図6に示す積層体10Fは、基材層2の表面に設けられた保護層1を更に含んでいること以外は、積層体10Eと同様である。保護層1としては、第2実施形態において説明したものを使用することができる。 A laminate 10F shown in FIG. 6 is the same as the laminate 10E except that it further includes a protective layer 1 provided on the surface of the base material layer 2 . As the protective layer 1, the one described in the second embodiment can be used.

 <6.2>効果
 積層体10Fは、基材層2の分子配向度が1.07以上である。そして、積層体10Fは、保護層1を含んでいる。それ故、積層体10Fは、更に優れた耐熱性、特には、より良好なヒートシール適性を達成し得る。従って、積層体10Fについて上述した構成を採用すると、製袋のために行うヒートシールの温度範囲が拡がり、生産性の低下を更に生じ難くなる。
<6.2> Effect In the laminate 10F, the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer 2 is 1.07 or more. The laminate 10F includes a protective layer 1. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the laminate 10F can achieve even better heat resistance, particularly better heat-sealability. Therefore, if the laminate 10F has the configuration described above, the temperature range for heat-sealing for bag making is widened, and productivity is less likely to decrease.

 また、保護層1は実質的に透明であるから、積層体10Fが保護層1を更に含んでいても、表面側から印刷層4が表示する画像を視認することができる。
 即ち、積層体10Fは、透明性に優れるとともに、耐熱性に更に優れている。
Moreover, since the protective layer 1 is substantially transparent, even if the laminate 10F further includes the protective layer 1, the image displayed by the printed layer 4 can be visually recognized from the surface side.
That is, the laminate 10F has excellent transparency and further excellent heat resistance.

 また、積層体10Fは、分子配向度が1.07以下、好ましくは1,07未満である中間層7を含んでいる。この中間層7は、積層体10Fの強度、特には落下強度を高める。それ故、積層体10Fは、強度、特には落下強度に優れている。 The laminate 10F also includes an intermediate layer 7 having a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or less, preferably less than 1.07. The intermediate layer 7 enhances the strength of the laminate 10F, especially drop strength. Therefore, the laminate 10F is excellent in strength, particularly drop strength.

 そして、積層体10Fは、ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上であるため、リサイクル性にも優れている。 Also, since the laminate 10F has a polyethylene ratio of 90% by mass or more, it is also excellent in recyclability.

 <6.3>変形例
 図6では、積層体10Fは、基材層2と第1接着剤層5Aとの間に印刷層4を含むが、印刷層4は、保護層1と中間層7との間の何れの位置に設けられていてもよい。基材層2は、透明性に優れるため、印刷層4が保護層1と中間層7との間に含まれる場合でも、保護層1側から積層体10Fを観察した場合に、印刷層4が表示するパターンを鮮明に見ることができる。或いは、印刷層4は、省略してもよい。
<6.3> Modification In FIG. 6, the laminate 10F includes the printed layer 4 between the base material layer 2 and the first adhesive layer 5A. may be provided at any position between Since the substrate layer 2 has excellent transparency, even when the printed layer 4 is included between the protective layer 1 and the intermediate layer 7, when the laminate 10F is observed from the protective layer 1 side, the printed layer 4 is visible. The displayed pattern can be clearly seen. Alternatively, the printing layer 4 may be omitted.

 また、基材層2の主面のうち、印刷層4と対向する主面にはアンカーコート層を形成してもよい。また、ガスバリア層3は、省略してもよい。 Further, an anchor coat layer may be formed on the main surface of the base material layer 2 that faces the printed layer 4 . Moreover, the gas barrier layer 3 may be omitted.

 <7>第7実施形態
 図7は、本発明の第7実施形態に係る包装物品を概略的に示す図である。
<7> Seventh Embodiment FIG. 7 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged product according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention.

 図7に示す包装物品100Aは、包装体110Aと、これに収容された内容物とを含んでいる。 A packaged article 100A shown in FIG. 7 includes a package 110A and contents housed therein.

 包装体110Aは、平パウチである。包装体110Aは、一対の本体フィルムを含んでいる。本体フィルムの各々は、第1乃至第6実施形態において説明した積層体の何れかであるか、又は、これから切り出したものである。本体フィルムは、それらのシーラント層が向き合うように重ね合わされており、周縁部が互いにヒートシールされている。包装体110Aには、そのヒートシール部に、易開封構造としてノッチが設けられている。 The package 110A is a flat pouch. The package 110A includes a pair of main body films. Each of the main films is either one of the laminates described in the first to sixth embodiments, or is cut from it. The body films are stacked with their sealant layers facing each other and heat sealed to each other at their peripheral edges. The package 110A is provided with a notch as an easy-to-open structure in its heat-sealed portion.

 内容物は、液体、固体及びそれらの混合物の何れであってもよい。内容物は、例えば、食品又は薬剤である。 The contents may be liquid, solid, or a mixture thereof. The content is, for example, food or medicine.

 <8>第8実施形態
 図8は、本発明の第8実施形態に係る包装物品を概略的に示す図である。
<8> Eighth Embodiment FIG. 8 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged product according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention.

 図8に示す包装物品100Bは、包装体110Bと、これに収容された内容物とを含んでいる。内容物は、例えば、包装物品100Aについて説明したものと同様である。 A packaged article 100B shown in FIG. 8 includes a package 110B and contents accommodated therein. The contents are, for example, the same as those described for the packaged article 100A.

 包装体110Bは、スタンディングパウチである。包装体110Bは、一対の本体フィルムと底フィルムとを含んでいる。これらフィルムの各々は、第1乃至第6実施形態において説明した積層体の何れかであるか、又は、これから切り出したものである。 The package 110B is a standing pouch. Package 110B includes a pair of main and bottom films. Each of these films is, or is cut from, any of the laminates described in the first through sixth embodiments.

 一対の本体フィルムは、それらのシーラント層が向き合うように重ね合わされており、一端及びその近傍の領域を除いて、周縁部が互いにヒートシールされている。底フィルムは、シーラント層側から見て山折りになるように二つ折りされており、上記一端の位置で、山折り部が本体フィルムの他端を向くように一対の本体フィルムによって挟まれている。底フィルムは、その中央部を除いた部分が、一対の本体フィルムにヒートシールされている。また、底フィルムは、包装体110Bの底部両脇の位置で外面同士が接着されている。 A pair of main body films are superimposed so that their sealant layers face each other, and their peripheral edges are heat-sealed to each other except for one end and a region in the vicinity thereof. The bottom film is folded in two so as to form a mountain fold when viewed from the sealant layer side, and is sandwiched between the pair of main films at the position of the one end so that the mountain fold faces the other end of the main film. . The bottom film is heat-sealed to the pair of main films except for the central portion. Further, the outer surfaces of the bottom film are adhered to each other at positions on both sides of the bottom of the package 110B.

 包装体110Bには、本体フィルム同士がヒートシールされた部分に、易開封構造としてノッチが設けられている。易開封構造は、包装物品100Bを開封した場合に、その上方の角部を口部として利用できるように設けられていてもよい。或いは、包装物品100Bは、第9実施形態において説明する口部材及び蓋体を更に含んでいてもよい。 The package 110B is provided with a notch as an easy-to-open structure in the portion where the main films are heat-sealed. The easy-open structure may be provided so that when the packaged article 100B is opened, the upper corner can be used as a mouth. Alternatively, the packaged article 100B may further include the spout member and lid described in the ninth embodiment.

 <9>第9実施形態
 図9は、本発明の第9実施形態に係る包装物品を概略的に示す図である。
<9> Ninth Embodiment FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing a packaged article according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention.

 図9に示す包装物品100Cは、包装体110Cと、これに収容された内容物とを含んでいる。内容物は、例えば、包装物品100Aについて説明したものと同様である。 A packaged product 100C shown in FIG. 9 includes a package 110C and contents housed therein. The contents are, for example, the same as those described for the packaged article 100A.

 包装体110Cは、ガゼット型パウチである。包装体110Cは、容器本体110C1と、口部材110C2と、蓋体110C3とを含んでいる。 The package 110C is a gusset type pouch. The package 110C includes a container body 110C1, a mouth member 110C2, and a lid 110C3.

 容器本体110C1は、一対の本体フィルムと、一対の側フィルムとを含んでいる。 The container body 110C1 includes a pair of body films and a pair of side films.

 一対の本体フィルムは、それらのシーラント層が向き合い、一端で口部材110C2の一部を挟むように重ね合わされている。これら本体フィルムの周縁部は、上記の一端で、口部材110C2へヒートシールされるとともに、その近傍で互いにヒートシールされている。また、これら本体フィルムの周縁部は、反対側の端で、両脇の領域を除いて互いにヒートシールされている。 A pair of main body films are superimposed so that their sealant layers face each other and part of the mouth member 110C2 is sandwiched between one ends. The peripheral edge portions of these main films are heat-sealed to the mouth member 110C2 at the one end and heat-sealed to each other in the vicinity thereof. In addition, the peripheral edge portions of these main films are heat-sealed to each other at the opposite ends except for the areas on both sides.

 側フィルムの各々は、シーラント層側から見て山折りになるように二つ折りされている。これら側フィルムは、一対の本体フィルムの両脇で、山折り部が互いに向き合うようにこれら本体フィルムによって挟まれている。側フィルムの各々は、その周縁部の一部が本体フィルムの一方へヒートシールされ、周縁部の残りの部分が本体フィルムの他方へヒートシールされている。また、側フィルムの各々は、包装体110Cの上部及び下部の各々の位置で外面同士が接着されている。
 なお、容器本体110C1は、底フィルムを更に含んでいてもよい。
Each of the side films is folded in two so as to form a mountain fold when viewed from the sealant layer side. These side films are sandwiched between a pair of main films on both sides of the main films so that the mountain folds face each other. Each of the side films has a portion of its peripheral edge heat-sealed to one of the body films and the remaining portion of its peripheral edge heat-sealed to the other of the body films. In addition, the outer surfaces of the side films are adhered to each other at the upper and lower positions of the package 110C.
Note that the container body 110C1 may further include a bottom film.

 口部材110C2は、上記の通り、本体フィルムに挟まれるとともに、それらがヒートシールされた部分を含んでいる。口部材110C2は、容器本体110C1から外側へ突き出た口部を更に含んでいる。口部は、略円筒形状を有しており、側壁外面に雄ねじが設けられている。蓋体110C3は、有底円筒形状を有している。蓋体110C3は、側壁内面に雌ねじが設けられており、口部材110C2の口部と螺合している。 As described above, the mouth member 110C2 includes a portion that is sandwiched between the main films and that are heat-sealed. The mouth member 110C2 further includes a mouth protruding outward from the container body 110C1. The mouth portion has a substantially cylindrical shape and is provided with a male thread on the outer surface of the side wall. The lid 110C3 has a cylindrical shape with a bottom. The lid 110C3 has a female screw on the inner side wall and is screwed with the mouth of the mouth member 110C2.

 以下に、本発明に関連して行った試験の結果を記載する。 Below are the results of tests conducted in relation to the present invention.

 (1)試験A
 (1.1)積層体の製造
 (1.1.1)例1A
 基材層としてのポリエチレンフィルム(厚さ25μm、密度0.950g/cm、片面コロナ処理)のコロナ処理面上に、電子線加熱方式による真空蒸着装置を用いて、酸化ケイ素からなる厚さ40nmの無機化合物層を形成した。次に、無機化合物層上に、グラビアインキにより絵柄を印刷し、印刷層を形成した。次に、印刷層上に、ウレタン系接着剤を塗布し、次に、接着剤層上に、シーラント層としての直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン樹脂からなる厚さ60μmの無延伸フィルム(厚さ60μm)を貼り合わせた。これにより、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1) Test A
(1.1) Production of laminate (1.1.1) Example 1A
On the corona-treated surface of a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 μm, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) as a substrate layer, a silicon oxide film having a thickness of 40 nm was deposited using a vacuum deposition apparatus employing an electron beam heating method. of the inorganic compound layer was formed. Next, a pattern was printed on the inorganic compound layer with gravure ink to form a printed layer. Next, a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer, and a 60 μm thick unstretched film (60 μm thick) made of linear low-density polyethylene resin as a sealant layer is then applied onto the adhesive layer. pasted together. As a result, a laminate having a laminated structure of substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.2)例2A
 無機化合物層を形成しなかったこと以外は例1Aと同様にして、基材層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.2) Example 2A
A laminate having a laminate structure of substrate layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant layer was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that the inorganic compound layer was not formed.

 (1.1.3)例3A
 印刷層上に、ウレタン系接着剤の代わりにポリアミン系ガスバリア接着剤を用いたこと以外は例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.3) Example 3A
Laminated structure of substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant layer in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyamine gas barrier adhesive was used on the printed layer instead of the urethane adhesive. A laminate having

 (1.1.4)例4A
 基材層として、ポリエチレンフィルム(厚さ25μm、密度0.950g/cm、片面コロナ処理)を用いたこと以外は例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.4) Example 4A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 μm, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.5)例5A
 基材層として、ポリエチレンフィルム(厚さ20μm、密度0.950g/cm、片面コロナ処理)を用いたこと以外は、例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.5) Example 5A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive layer in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 20 μm, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminated structure of agent layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.6)例6A
 基材層として、ポリエチレンフィルム(厚さ30μm、密度0.950g/cm、片面コロナ処理)を用いたこと以外は、例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.6) Example 6A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive layer in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 30 μm, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminated structure of agent layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.7)例7A
 シーラント層として、厚さが40μmの直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン樹脂(LLDPE)フィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.7) Example 7A
Base layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a linear low-density polyethylene resin (LLDPE) film having a thickness of 40 μm was used as the sealant layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layers was obtained.

 (1.1.8)例8A
 シーラント層として、厚さが120μmの直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン樹脂(LLDPE)フィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.8) Example 8A
Base layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive layer/sealant in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a linear low-density polyethylene resin (LLDPE) film having a thickness of 120 μm was used as the sealant layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layers was obtained.

 (1.1.9)例9A
 無機化合物層を形成しなかったことと、ウレタン系接着剤の代わりにポリアミン系ガスバリア接着剤を用いたこと以外は、例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.9) Example 9A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that no inorganic compound layer was formed and a polyamine gas barrier adhesive was used instead of the urethane adhesive. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.10)例10A
 無機化合物層を形成しなかったことと、ウレタン系接着剤の代わりにウレタン系ガスバリア接着剤を用いたこと以外は、例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.10) Example 10A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printing layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that no inorganic compound layer was formed and a urethane-based gas barrier adhesive was used instead of the urethane-based adhesive. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.11)例11A
 基材層として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Aに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例11Aに係る積層体を製造した。使用したフィルムはポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.08であり、ヘイズが5.9%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmである。
(1.1.11) Example 11A
A laminate according to Example 11A was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1A, except that the following films were used as the base layer. The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.08 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 5.9%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/cm. 3 .

 (1.1.12)比較例1A
 基材層として、ポリエチレンフィルム(厚さ40μm、密度0.949g/cm、片面コロナ処理)を用いたこと以外は例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.12) Comparative Example 1A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 40 μm, density: 0.949 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.13)比較例2A
 基材層として、ポリエチレンフィルム(厚さ25μm、密度0.950g/cm、片面コロナ処理)を用いたこと以外は例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.13) Comparative Example 2A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 μm, density: 0.950 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.1.14)比較例3A
 基材層として、ポリエチレンフィルム(厚さ25μm、密度0.952g/cm、片面コロナ処理)を用いたこと以外は例1Aと同様にして、基材層/無機化合物層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層の積層構造を有する積層体を得た。
(1.1.14) Comparative Example 3A
Substrate layer/inorganic compound layer/printed layer/adhesive in the same manner as in Example 1A except that a polyethylene film (thickness: 25 μm, density: 0.952 g/cm 3 , single-sided corona treatment) was used as the substrate layer. A laminate having a laminate structure of layer/sealant layer was obtained.

 (1.2)測定及び評価方法
 上記の積層体について、リサイクル性、耐熱性、視認性及びガスバリア性を評価した。分子配向度(MOR)の測定方法と、リサイクル性、耐熱性、視認性及びガスバリア性の評価方法とを以下に記載する。
(1.2) Measurement and Evaluation Methods The above laminate was evaluated for recyclability, heat resistance, visibility, and gas barrier properties. The method for measuring the degree of molecular orientation (MOR) and the method for evaluating recyclability, heat resistance, visibility and gas barrier properties are described below.

 (1.2.1)分子配向度(MOR)の測定方法
 上記の基材層の分子配向度(MOR)を、マイクロ波方式分子配向計(商品名:MOA-5012A、王子計測器株式会社製)を用いて測定した。
(1.2.1) Method for measuring the degree of molecular orientation (MOR) ) was used.

 (1.2.2)リサイクル性の評価方法
 上記の積層体のリサイクル性を、以下の評価基準に基づいて評価した。
A:積層体におけるポリエチレンの含有量が90質量%以上。
B:積層体におけるポリエチレンの含有量が90質量%未満。
(1.2.2) Method for evaluating recyclability The recyclability of the laminate was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The content of polyethylene in the laminate is 90% by mass or more.
B: The content of polyethylene in the laminate is less than 90% by mass.

 (1.2.3)140℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を10cm角に切り出してサンプル片とした。サンプル片をシーラント層が内側になるよう2つ折りにし、ヒートシールテスターを用いて、温度140℃、0.1MPa、1秒の条件でヒートシールした。ヒートシール後のサンプル片を目視にて観察し、以下の評価基準に基づいて外観評価を行った。
A:表面が溶融しておらず、外観上問題ない。
B:表面が溶融しており、外観上問題あり。
(1.2.3) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 140°C A 10 cm square sample piece was obtained from the above laminate. The sample piece was folded in half so that the sealant layer was on the inside, and heat-sealed using a heat seal tester under the conditions of 140° C., 0.1 MPa, and 1 second. The sample piece after heat sealing was visually observed, and the appearance was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The surface is not melted, and there is no problem in appearance.
B: The surface is melted and there is a problem in appearance.

 (1.2.4)170℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm角に切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を2つ折りにした。次に、ヒートシールテスターの下面シール温度を30℃に固定するとともに、上面シール温度を170℃に設定して、2つ折りにしたサンプル片へ0.2MPaの圧力を1秒間加えた。そして、シール面の溶融の有無を観察するとともに、2つ折りにしたサンプル片の上面のうちヒートシールバーを当てた領域がヒートシールバーに付着しているか否かを観察した。以下の評価基準に基づいて耐熱性を評価した。
A:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着しなかった。
B:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着した。
(1.2.4) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 170°C A sample piece of 10 cm square was obtained by cutting the above laminate. The sample strip was then folded in half with the sealant layer on the inside. Next, the lower surface sealing temperature of the heat seal tester was fixed at 30° C., and the upper surface sealing temperature was set at 170° C., and a pressure of 0.2 MPa was applied to the sample piece folded in two for 1 second. Then, the presence or absence of melting of the sealing surface was observed, and it was also observed whether or not the area of the upper surface of the sample piece folded in two against which the heat seal bar was applied adhered to the heat seal bar. Heat resistance was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The upper surface of the sample piece did not adhere to the heat seal bar.
B: The upper surface of the sample piece adhered to the heat seal bar.

 (1.2.5)視認性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を目視にて観察し、基材層側からの印刷層の視認性を以下の評価基準に基づいて評価した。
A:印刷柄が鮮明に見える。
B:印刷柄がぼやける、又は、薄く見える。
(1.2.5) Evaluation Method for Visibility The laminate was visually observed, and the visibility of the printed layer from the substrate layer side was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The printed pattern can be clearly seen.
B: The printed pattern is blurred or looks pale.

 (1.2.6)ガスバリア性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、30℃、70%RHの雰囲気下での酸素透過度(cc/m・day・atm)を、JIS K7126-2(等圧法)に準拠し、酸素透過度測定装置(MOCON社製、商品名:OX-TRAN2/20)を用いて測定した。この測定結果から、ガスバリア性を以下の評価基準に基づいて評価した。
A:酸素透過度が10cc/m・day・atm未満。
B:酸素透過度が10cc/m・day・atm以上。
(1.2.6) Method for evaluating gas barrier property For the above laminate, the oxygen permeability (cc/m 2 · day · atm) in an atmosphere of 30 ° C. and 70% RH is measured according to JIS K7126-2 (etc. pressure method), and was measured using an oxygen permeability measuring device (manufactured by MOCON, trade name: OX-TRAN2/20). Based on the measurement results, gas barrier properties were evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The oxygen permeability is less than 10 cc/m 2 ·day·atm.
B: The oxygen permeability is 10 cc/m 2 ·day·atm or more.

 (1.2.7)X線回折法によるin-plane測定
 上記の積層体の製造に使用した基材層について、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を上述のとおり行った。得られた回折パターンに、(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークが得られるか否かを調べた。
(1.2.7) In-plane Measurement by X-ray Diffraction Method For the substrate layer used in the production of the above laminate, in-plane measurement by X-ray diffraction method was performed as described above. It was examined whether sharp diffraction peaks corresponding to the (110) plane were obtained in the obtained diffraction pattern.

 (1.3)結果
 上記測定及び評価の結果を、以下の表1に示す。
(1.3) Results The results of the above measurements and evaluations are shown in Table 1 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002

 表1に示すように、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が良好であった。これに対して、基材層の分子配向度が1.07未満である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が不十分であった。 As shown in Table 1, all of the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was 1.07 or more had good heat resistance and visibility. On the other hand, the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was less than 1.07 were both insufficient in heat resistance and visibility.

 (2)試験B
 (2.1)積層体の製造
 (2.1.0)塗布液の調製
 (アンカーコート剤の調製)
 アクリルポリオールとトリレンジイソシアネートとを、アクリルポリオールのOH基の数に対してトリレンジイソシアネートのNCO基の数が等量となるように混合し、全固形分(アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量)が5質量%になるよう酢酸エチルで希釈した。希釈後の混合液に、さらにβ-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)トリメトキシシランを、アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量100質量部に対して5質量部となるように添加し、これらを混合することでアンカーコート剤を調製した。
(2) Test B
(2.1) Production of laminate (2.1.0) Preparation of coating liquid (Preparation of anchor coating agent)
Acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate are mixed so that the number of NCO groups of tolylene diisocyanate is equal to the number of OH groups of acrylic polyol, and the total solid content (total amount of acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate ) was diluted with ethyl acetate to 5% by mass. To the mixed solution after dilution, β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)trimethoxysilane was further added so as to be 5 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of 100 parts by mass of the acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate. An anchor coating agent was prepared by mixing.

 (被覆層形成用塗布液の調製)
 下記のA液、B液及びC液を、それぞれ70/20/10の質量比で混合することで、被覆層形成用塗布液を調製した。
 A液:テトラエトキシシラン(Si(OC)17.9gとメタノール10gに0.1N塩酸72.1gを加えて30分間攪拌して加水分解させた固形分5質量%(SiO換算)の加水分解溶液。
(Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Coating Layer)
A coating liquid for forming a coating layer was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.
Solution A : Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.

 B液:ポリビニルアルコールの5質量%水/メタノール溶液(水:メタノールの質量比は95:5)。 Liquid B: 5% by mass water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).

 C液:1,3,5-トリス(3-トリアルコキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレートを水/イソプロピルアルコールの混合液(水:イソプロピルアルコールの質量比は1:1)で固形分5質量%に希釈した加水分解溶液。 Solution C: 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.

 (保護層形成用塗布液の調製)
 東洋紡製のポリアミドイミドを含む有機溶剤系の塗布液(バイロマックスHR-15ET)を不揮発成分濃度が5質量%となるように、エタノールとトルエンの混合溶剤(エタノール/トルエン質量比=1/1)で希釈し、保護層形成用塗布液とした。
(Preparation of coating solution for forming protective layer)
A mixed solvent of ethanol and toluene (mass ratio of ethanol/toluene = 1/1) was added so that the concentration of non-volatile components was 5% by mass. to prepare a coating solution for forming a protective layer.

 (2.1.1)例1B
 積層体を、以下の方法により製造した。ここで製造する積層体は、図2に示す積層体10Bに対し、基材層2とガスバリア層3との間にアンカーコート層を含み、ガスバリア層3が無機化合物層と被覆層からなる積層体である。
(2.1.1) Example 1B
A laminate was produced by the following method. Unlike the laminate 10B shown in FIG. 2, the laminate produced here includes an anchor coat layer between the base material layer 2 and the gas barrier layer 3, and the gas barrier layer 3 is a laminate composed of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer. is.

 先ず、基材層2として、以下のフィルムを準備した。準備したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.23であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理されている。 First, as the base material layer 2, the following films were prepared. The prepared film consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.23, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.

 基材層2の一方の表面にコロナ処理を行った後、上述した保護層形成用塗布液をグラビアコート法により塗布して乾燥し、厚さ0.5μmの保護層1を形成した。 After performing corona treatment on one surface of the base material layer 2, the protective layer forming coating solution described above was applied by a gravure coating method and dried to form a protective layer 1 having a thickness of 0.5 μm.

 次に基材層2の反対側のコロナ処理面に、グラビアコート法により上述したアンカーコート剤を塗布し、厚さ0.1μm(乾燥状態)のアンカーコート層を形成した。次いで、電子ビーム加熱方式の真空蒸着装置を用い、ガスバリア層3として酸化ケイ素(SiO)蒸着膜で構成された厚さ40nmの無機化合物層を形成し、さらに、上述した被覆層形成用塗布液を塗布し、厚さ300nm(乾燥状態)の被覆層を形成した。 Next, the anchor coating agent described above was applied to the corona-treated surface opposite to the substrate layer 2 by gravure coating to form an anchor coating layer having a thickness of 0.1 μm (dry state). Next, an inorganic compound layer with a thickness of 40 nm composed of a silicon oxide (SiO x ) deposition film is formed as the gas barrier layer 3 using an electron beam heating type vacuum deposition apparatus, and the coating liquid for forming the coating layer is applied. was applied to form a coating layer with a thickness of 300 nm (dry state).

 次に、ガスバリア層3(被覆層)の上にグラビアインキを用いてパターンを印刷し、印刷層4を形成した。 Next, a pattern was printed on the gas barrier layer 3 (coating layer) using gravure ink to form a printed layer 4 .

 次に、シーラント層6を準備し、シーラント層6の上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して接着剤層5を形成し、接着剤層5を介して印刷層4とシーラント層6とを貼り合わせた。シーラント層6の材料としては、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)フィルム(厚さ60μm)を使用した。
 このようにして、例1Bに係る積層体を製造した。
Next, a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form an adhesive layer 5, and the printed layer 4 and the sealant layer 6 are bonded together via the adhesive layer 5. rice field. A linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) film (60 μm thick) was used as the material for the sealant layer 6 .
Thus, a laminate according to Example 1B was produced.

 (2.1.2)例2B
 基材層2として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Bに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例2Bに係る積層体を製造した。使用したフィルムはポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(2.1.2) Example 2B
A laminate according to Example 2B was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1B, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 . The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/cm. 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.

 (2.1.3)例3B
 保護層1を省略したこと以外は例2Bに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例3Bに係る積層体を製造した。
(2.1.3) Example 3B
A laminate according to Example 3B was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 2B, except that the protective layer 1 was omitted.

 (2.1.4)例4B
 ポリアミドイミド樹脂を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成する代わりに、上述した被覆層形成用塗布液を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成したこと以外は、例1Bと同様の方法により例4Bに係る積層体を製造した。
(2.1.4) Example 4B
Instead of forming a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm by applying a polyamide-imide resin, except that the coating liquid for forming a coating layer described above was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm. A laminate according to Example 4B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B.

 (2.1.5)例5B 
 ポリアミドイミド樹脂を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成する代わりに、上述した被覆層形成用塗布液を塗布して厚さが1.0μmの保護層を形成したこと以外は、例1Bと同様の方法により例5Bに係る積層体を製造した。
(2.1.5) Example 5B
Instead of forming a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm by applying a polyamideimide resin, except that the above-described coating layer forming coating liquid was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 μm. A laminate according to Example 5B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B.

 (2.1.6)例6B
 ポリアミドイミド樹脂を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成する代わりに、ウレタン系樹脂を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成したこと以外は、例1Bと同様の方法により例6Bに係る積層体を製造した。
(2.1.6) Example 6B
The same as Example 1B except that instead of applying a polyamideimide resin to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm, a urethane-based resin was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm. A laminate according to Example 6B was produced by the method.

 (2.1.7)例7B
 ポリアミドイミド樹脂を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成する代わりに、ウレタン系樹脂を塗布して厚さが1.0μmの保護層を形成したこと以外は、例1Bと同様の方法により例7Bに係る積層体を製造した。
(2.1.7) Example 7B
The same as Example 1B except that instead of applying a polyamideimide resin to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm, a urethane-based resin was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 μm. A laminate according to Example 7B was produced by the method.

 (2.1.8)例8B
 ポリアミドイミド樹脂を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成する代わりに、エチレンビニルアルコール共重合樹脂(EVOH)を塗布して厚さが1.0μmの保護層を形成したこと以外は、例1Bと同様の方法により例8Bに係る積層体を製造した。
(2.1.8) Example 8B
Except that instead of forming a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm by applying a polyamide-imide resin, an ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymer resin (EVOH) was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 μm. A laminate according to Example 8B was produced in the same manner as in Example 1B.

 (2.1.9)例9B
 ポリアミドイミド樹脂を塗布して厚さが0.5μmの保護層を形成する代わりに、アクリル樹脂を塗布して厚さが1.0μmの保護層を形成したこと以外は、例1Bと同様の方法により例9Bに係る積層体を製造した。
(2.1.9) Example 9B
The same method as in Example 1B, except that instead of applying a polyamideimide resin to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm, an acrylic resin was applied to form a protective layer with a thickness of 1.0 μm. to produce a laminate according to Example 9B.

 (2.1.10)比較例1B
 基材層2として、以下のフィルムを使用し、保護層1を省略したこと以外は例1Bに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例1Bに係る積層体を製造した。使用したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.04であり、ヘイズが21.5%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理されている。
(2.1.10) Comparative Example 1B
A laminate according to Comparative Example 1B was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1B, except that the following film was used as the base material layer 2 and the protective layer 1 was omitted. The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.04 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 21.5%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/m. cm 3 and corona treated on one side.

 (2.2)評価方法
 上記の積層体について、リサイクル性、耐熱性及び視認性を評価した。リサイクル性、耐熱性及び視認性の評価方法を以下に記載する。
(2.2) Evaluation method The above laminate was evaluated for recyclability, heat resistance and visibility. Methods for evaluating recyclability, heat resistance and visibility are described below.

 (2.2.1)140℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm×10cmに切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層6が内側になるようにサンプル片を折り、サンプル片をヒートシールした。ヒートシールは、サンプル片へ、140℃の温度及び0.1MPaの圧力を1秒間加えることによって行った。サンプル片の外観に対し、下記基準により耐熱性を評価した。
 A:表面が溶融しておらず、外観上の問題なし。
 B:表面が溶融しており、外観上の問題あり。
(2.2.1) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 140°C A sample piece of 10 cm x 10 cm was obtained by cutting out the laminate. Next, the sample piece was folded so that the sealant layer 6 was on the inside, and the sample piece was heat-sealed. Heat sealing was performed by applying a temperature of 140° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa to the sample piece for 1 second. The appearance of the sample piece was evaluated for heat resistance according to the following criteria.
A: The surface is not melted, and there is no problem in appearance.
B: The surface is melted and there is a problem in appearance.

 (2.2.2)170℃及び190℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm角に切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を2つ折りにした。次に、ヒートシールテスターの下面シール温度を30℃に固定するとともに、上面シール温度を170℃に設定して、2つ折りにしたサンプル片へ0.2MPaの圧力を1秒間加えた。そして、シール面の溶融の有無を観察するとともに、2つ折りにしたサンプル片の上面のうちヒートシールバーを当てた領域がヒートシールバーに付着しているか否かを観察した。以下の評価基準に基づいて耐熱性を評価した。
A:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着しなかった。
B:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着した。
(2.2.2) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 170°C and 190°C A sample piece of 10 cm square was obtained by cutting the above laminate. The sample strip was then folded in half with the sealant layer on the inside. Next, the lower surface sealing temperature of the heat seal tester was fixed at 30° C., and the upper surface sealing temperature was set at 170° C., and a pressure of 0.2 MPa was applied to the sample piece folded in two for 1 second. Then, the presence or absence of melting of the sealing surface was observed, and it was also observed whether or not the area of the upper surface of the sample piece folded in two against which the heat seal bar was applied adhered to the heat seal bar. Heat resistance was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The upper surface of the sample piece did not adhere to the heat seal bar.
B: The upper surface of the sample piece adhered to the heat seal bar.

 また、保護層を有している積層体については、上面シール温度を190℃に設定したこと以外は、上記と同様の方法で耐熱性を更に評価した。 In addition, the heat resistance of the laminate having a protective layer was further evaluated in the same manner as above, except that the upper surface sealing temperature was set to 190°C.

 (2.2.3)視認性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、印刷層4が表示するパターンを保護層1側から目視により観察し、下記基準により視認性を評価した。
 A:印刷層が表示するパターンを鮮明に確認できる。
 B:印刷層が表示するパターンがぼやけて不鮮明であり、且つ薄い。
(2.2.3) Method for evaluating visibility With respect to the laminate, the pattern displayed by the printed layer 4 was visually observed from the protective layer 1 side, and the visibility was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: The pattern displayed by the printed layer can be clearly confirmed.
B: The pattern displayed by the printed layer is blurred, unclear, and thin.

 (2.2.4)リサイクル性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、積層体の全質量に占めるポリエチレン(PE)の含有率を算出し、下記基準によりリサイクル性を評価した。
 A:ポリエチレン(PE)含有率が90質量%以上であり、モノマテリアルとしてリサイクル性に優れる。
 B:ポリエチレン(PE)含有率が90質量%未満。
(2.2.4) Recyclability Evaluation Method Regarding the above laminate, the content of polyethylene (PE) in the total mass of the laminate was calculated, and the recyclability was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: Polyethylene (PE) content is 90% by mass or more, and excellent recyclability as a monomaterial.
B: Polyethylene (PE) content is less than 90% by mass.

 (2.2.5)X線回折法によるin-plane測定
 上記の積層体の製造に使用した基材層について、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を上述のとおり行った。得られた回折パターンに、(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークが得られるか否かを調べた。
(2.2.5) In-plane Measurement by X-ray Diffraction Method The substrate layer used in the production of the laminate was subjected to in-plane measurement by X-ray diffraction method as described above. It was examined whether sharp diffraction peaks corresponding to the (110) plane were obtained in the obtained diffraction pattern.

 (2.3)結果
 上記評価の結果を、以下の表2に示す。
(2.3) Results The results of the above evaluation are shown in Table 2 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004

 表2に示すように、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が良好であった。そして、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上であり且つ保護層を有している積層体は、耐熱性に特に優れていた。これに対して、基材層の分子配向度が1.07未満であり保護層を有していない積層体は、耐熱性及び視認性が不十分であった。 As shown in Table 2, all of the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was 1.07 or more had good heat resistance and visibility. The laminate having the substrate layer with a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more and having a protective layer was particularly excellent in heat resistance. On the other hand, a laminate having a substrate layer having a degree of molecular orientation of less than 1.07 and having no protective layer had insufficient heat resistance and visibility.

 (3)試験C
 (3.1)積層体の製造
 (3.1.0)塗布液の調製
 (アンカーコート剤の調製)
 アクリルポリオールとトリレンジイソシアネートとを、アクリルポリオールのOH基の数に対してトリレンジイソシアネートのNCO基の数が等量となるように混合し、全固形分(アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量)が5質量%になるよう酢酸エチルで希釈した。希釈後の混合液に、さらにβ-(3,4エポキシシクロヘキシル)トリメトキシシランを、アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量100質量部に対して5質量部となるように添加し、これらを混合することでアンカーコート剤を調製した。
(3) Test C
(3.1) Production of laminate (3.1.0) Preparation of coating solution (Preparation of anchor coating agent)
Acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate are mixed so that the number of NCO groups of tolylene diisocyanate is equal to the number of OH groups of acrylic polyol, and the total solid content (total amount of acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate ) was diluted with ethyl acetate to 5% by mass. β-(3,4 Epoxycyclohexyl)trimethoxysilane was further added to the mixed solution after dilution so as to be 5 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of 100 parts by mass of acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate, and these were mixed. An anchor coating agent was prepared by doing so.

 (被覆層形成のための塗布液の調製)
 下記のA液、B液及びC液を、それぞれ70/20/10の質量比で混合することで、オーバーコート剤を調製した。
A液:テトラエトキシシラン(Si(OC)17.9gとメタノール10gに0.1N塩酸72.1gを加えて30分間攪拌して加水分解させた固形分5質量%(SiO換算)の加水分解溶液。
B液:ポリビニルアルコールの5質量%水/メタノール溶液(水:メタノールの質量比は
95:5)。
C液:1,3,5-トリス(3-トリアルコキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレートを水/イソプロピルアルコールの混合液(水:イソプロピルアルコールの質量比は1:1)で固形分5質量%に希釈した加水分解溶液。
(Preparation of coating liquid for coating layer formation)
An overcoat agent was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid, and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.
Solution A : Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.
B solution: 5 mass % water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).
Solution C: 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.

 (3.1.1)例1C
 図3に示す積層体10Cを、以下の方法により製造した。
 先ず、基材層2及び中間層7として、以下のフィルムを準備した。準備したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、前述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理されている。
(3.1.1) Example 1C
A laminate 10C shown in FIG. 3 was manufactured by the following method.
First, as the base material layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7, the following films were prepared. The prepared film consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.

 次に、中間層7の一方のコロナ処理面に、電子ビーム加熱方式の真空蒸着装置を用いてガスバリア層3として酸化ケイ素(SiO)蒸着膜で構成された厚さ40nmの無機化合物層を形成した。 Next, on one corona-treated surface of the intermediate layer 7, an inorganic compound layer having a thickness of 40 nm, which is composed of a silicon oxide (SiO x ) deposition film, is formed as the gas barrier layer 3 by using an electron beam heating type vacuum deposition device. bottom.

 次に、基材層2のコロナ処理面上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第1接着剤層5Aを形成し、中間層7と基材層2とを貼り合わせた。 Next, a urethane-based adhesive was applied to the corona-treated surface of the substrate layer 2 to form the first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the substrate layer 2 were bonded together.

 次に、シーラント層6を準備し、シーラント層6の上にドライラミネート用ウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第2接着剤層5Bを形成し、第2接着剤層5Bを介して、中間層7とシーラント層6とを貼り合わせた。シーラント層の材料としては、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン樹脂(LLDPE)フィルム(厚さ60μm)を使用した。 Next, a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive for dry lamination is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form a second adhesive layer 5B, and an intermediate layer 7 is formed through the second adhesive layer 5B. and the sealant layer 6 were laminated together. A linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) film (60 μm thick) was used as the material for the sealant layer.

 中間層7のガスバリア層3とは反対側のコロナ処理面に、水性フレキソインキを用いてパターンを印刷し、印刷層4を形成した。 A printed layer 4 was formed by printing a pattern on the corona-treated surface of the intermediate layer 7 opposite to the gas barrier layer 3 using water-based flexographic ink.

 このようにして、例1Cに係る積層体を作成した。例1Cに係る積層体の模式断面図を図3に示す。 Thus, a laminate according to Example 1C was produced. A schematic cross-sectional view of the laminate according to Example 1C is shown in FIG.

 (3.1.2)例2C
 ガスバリア層3としての無機化合物層を設けなかったこと以外は、例1Cに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例2Cに係る積層体を作成した。
(3.1.2) Example 2C
A laminate according to Example 2C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the inorganic compound layer as the gas barrier layer 3 was not provided.

 (3.1.3)例3C
 第1接着剤層5A及び第2接着剤層5Bとして、ウレタン系接着剤の代わりに、ポリアミン系接着剤を使用したこと以外は、例1Cに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例3Cに係る積層体を作成した。
(3.1.3) Example 3C
Example 3C was manufactured in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that polyamine-based adhesives were used instead of urethane-based adhesives as the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B. A laminate was created.

 (3.1.4)例4C
 基材層2として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Cに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例4Cに係る積層体を作成した。使用したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、前述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.30であり、ヘイズが4.1%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理されている。
(3.1.4) Example 4C
A laminate according to Example 4C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 . The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30, a haze of 4.1%, a thickness of 25 µm and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.

 (3.1.5)例5C
 中間層7として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Cに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例5Cに係る積層体を作成した。使用したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、前述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.02であり、ヘイズが52.9%であり、厚さが40μmであり、密度が0.949g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理されている。
(3.1.5) Example 5C
A laminate according to Example 5C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the intermediate layer 7 . The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 µm and a density of 0.949 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.

 (3.1.6)比較例1C
 基材層2として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Cに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例1Cに係る積層体を作成した。使用したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、前述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.02であり、ヘイズが52.9%であり、厚さが40μmであり、密度が0.949g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理されている。
(3.1.6) Comparative Example 1C
A laminate according to Comparative Example 1C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 . The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 µm and a density of 0.949 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.

 (3.1.7)比較例2C
 基材層2及び中間層7として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Cに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例2Cに係る積層体を作成した。使用したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、前述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.02であり、ヘイズが52.9%であり、厚さが40μmであり、密度が0.949g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理されている。
(3.1.7) Comparative Example 2C
A laminate according to Comparative Example 2C was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1C, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 . The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 µm and a density of 0.949 g/ cm 3 and corona treated on one side.

 (3.2)評価方法
 上記の積層体について、耐熱性、印刷視認性、ガスバリア性及び突き刺し強度を評価した。耐熱性、印刷視認性、ガスバリア性及び突き刺し強度の評価方法を以下に記載する。
(3.2) Evaluation method The above laminate was evaluated for heat resistance, print visibility, gas barrier properties, and puncture strength. Methods for evaluating heat resistance, print visibility, gas barrier properties and puncture strength are described below.

 (3.2.1)140℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体のサンプル片10cm角をサンプルとして切り出し、シーラント層面が内側になるように2つ折りにしてヒートシールテスターを用いて、温度140℃、圧力0.1MPa、時間1秒間の条件でヒートシールした。シール面の耐熱性、印刷視認性、ガスバリア性及び突き刺し強度の評価を以下のとおり行った。
 シール面の耐熱性を目視により評価した。
A:表面が溶融していなく、外観上問題ない。
B:表面が溶融していて、外観上問題あり。
(3.2.1) Heat resistance evaluation method at 140 ° C. Cut out a 10 cm square sample piece of the above laminate as a sample, fold it in half so that the sealant layer surface is inside, and use a heat seal tester to measure the temperature at 140 ° C. C., pressure of 0.1 MPa, and time of 1 second. The heat resistance, print visibility, gas barrier properties and puncture strength of the sealing surface were evaluated as follows.
The heat resistance of the sealing surface was visually evaluated.
A: The surface is not melted, and there is no problem in appearance.
B: The surface is melted and there is a problem in appearance.

 (3.2.2)170℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm角に切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を2つ折りにした。次に、ヒートシールテスターの下面シール温度を30℃に固定するとともに、上面シール温度を170℃に設定して、2つ折りにしたサンプル片へ0.2MPaの圧力を1秒間加えた。そして、シール面の溶融の有無を観察するとともに、2つ折りにしたサンプル片の上面のうちヒートシールバーを当てた領域がヒートシールバーに付着しているか否かを観察した。以下の評価基準に基づいて耐熱性を評価した。
A:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着しなかった。
B:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着した。
(3.2.2) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 170°C A sample piece of 10 cm square was obtained by cutting the above laminate. The sample strip was then folded in half with the sealant layer on the inside. Next, the lower surface sealing temperature of the heat seal tester was fixed at 30° C., and the upper surface sealing temperature was set at 170° C., and a pressure of 0.2 MPa was applied to the sample piece folded in two for 1 second. Then, the presence or absence of melting of the sealing surface was observed, and it was also observed whether or not the area of the upper surface of the sample piece folded in two against which the heat seal bar was applied adhered to the heat seal bar. Heat resistance was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The upper surface of the sample piece did not adhere to the heat seal bar.
B: The upper surface of the sample piece adhered to the heat seal bar.

 (3.2.3)印刷視認性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、印刷層4が表示するパターンを基材層2側から目視により観察し、下記基準により視認性を評価した。
A:印刷柄が鮮明に見える
B:印刷柄がぼやける、薄く見える
 (3.2.4)ガスバリア性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、30℃、70%RHの雰囲気下での酸素透過度(cc/m・day・atm)を、JIS K7126-2(等圧法)に準拠し、酸素透過度測定装置(MOCON社製、商品名:OX-TRAN2/20)を用いて測定した。この測定結果から、ガスバリア性を以下の評価基準に基づいて評価した。
A:酸素透過度10cc/m・day・atm未満
B:酸素透過度10cc/m・day・atm以上。
(3.2.3) Method for evaluating print visibility With respect to the laminate, the pattern displayed by the print layer 4 was visually observed from the base layer 2 side, and the visibility was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: The printed pattern looks clear B: The printed pattern looks blurred and thin (3.2.4) Evaluation method for gas barrier properties cc/m 2 ·day · atm) was measured according to JIS K7126-2 (isobaric method) using an oxygen permeation measuring device (manufactured by MOCON, trade name: OX-TRAN2/20). Based on the measurement results, gas barrier properties were evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: Oxygen permeability less than 10 cc/m 2 ·day·atm B: Oxygen permeability 10 cc/m 2 ·day·atm or more.

 (3.2.5)突き刺し強度の測定方法
 各積層体フィルムを、先端が半径0.5mm半球状の針で基材側から50mm/分の速度で押し当て、突き破られた際の強度を測定した(JIS Z 1707 突刺し強さ試験)。
(3.2.5) Measurement method of piercing strength Each laminate film is pressed against the base material with a hemispherical needle with a tip radius of 0.5 mm at a speed of 50 mm/min, and the strength when it is pierced is measured. It was measured (JIS Z 1707 puncture strength test).

 (3.2.6)X線回折法によるin-plane測定
 上記の積層体の製造に使用した基材層および中間層の各々について、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を上述のとおり行った。得られた回折パターンに、(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークが得られるか否かを調べた。
(3.2.6) In-plane Measurement by X-ray Diffraction Method For each of the base layer and the intermediate layer used in the production of the above laminate, in-plane measurement by X-ray diffraction method was performed as described above. . It was examined whether sharp diffraction peaks corresponding to the (110) plane were obtained in the obtained diffraction pattern.

 (3.3)結果
 上記評価の結果を、以下の表3に示す。
(3.3) Results The results of the above evaluation are shown in Table 3 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005

 表3に示すように、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び印刷視認性が良好であった。また、基材層及び中間層の双方の分子配向度が1.07以上である積層体は、何れも高い突き刺し強度を示した。これに対して、基材層の分子配向度が1.07未満である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が不十分であった。また、基材層及び中間層の双方の分子配向度が1.07未満である積層体は、低い突き刺し強度を示した。 As shown in Table 3, the laminates in which the base layer had a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more had good heat resistance and good print visibility. In addition, the laminates in which both the base layer and the intermediate layer had a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more exhibited high puncture strength. On the other hand, the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was less than 1.07 were both insufficient in heat resistance and visibility. Moreover, the laminate in which the degree of molecular orientation of both the base layer and the intermediate layer was less than 1.07 exhibited low puncture strength.

 (4)試験D
 (4.1)積層体の製造
 (4.1.0)塗布液の調製
 (アンカーコート剤の調製)
 アクリルポリオールとトリレンジイソシアネートとを、アクリルポリオールのOH基の数に対してトリレンジイソシアネートのNCO基の数が等量となるように混合し、全固形分(アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量)が5質量%になるよう酢酸エチルで希釈した。希釈後の混合液に、さらにβ-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)トリメトキシシランを、アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量100質量部に対して5質量部となるように添加し、これらを混合することでアンカーコート剤を調製した。
(4) Test D
(4.1) Production of laminate (4.1.0) Preparation of coating solution (Preparation of anchor coating agent)
Acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate are mixed so that the number of NCO groups of tolylene diisocyanate is equal to the number of OH groups of acrylic polyol, and the total solid content (total amount of acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate ) was diluted with ethyl acetate to 5% by mass. To the mixed solution after dilution, β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)trimethoxysilane was further added so as to be 5 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of 100 parts by mass of the acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate. An anchor coating agent was prepared by mixing.

 (被覆層形成用塗布液の調製)
 下記のA液、B液及びC液を、それぞれ70/20/10の質量比で混合することで、被覆層形成用塗布液を調製した。
(Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Coating Layer)
A coating liquid for forming a coating layer was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.

 A液:テトラエトキシシラン(Si(OC)17.9gとメタノール10gに0.1N塩酸72.1gを加えて30分間攪拌して加水分解させた固形分5質量%(SiO換算)の加水分解溶液。
 B液:ポリビニルアルコールの5質量%水/メタノール溶液(水:メタノールの質量比は95:5)。
 C液:1,3,5-トリス(3-トリアルコキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレートを水/イソプロピルアルコールの混合液(水:イソプロピルアルコールの質量比は1:1)で固形分5質量%に希釈した加水分解溶液。
Solution A : Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.
B solution: 5 mass % water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).
Solution C: 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.

 (保護層形成用塗布液)
 東洋紡製のポリアミドイミドを含む有機溶剤系の塗布液(バイロマックスHR-15ET)を不揮発成分濃度が5質量%となるように、エタノールとトルエンの混合溶剤(エタノール/トルエン質量比=1/1)で希釈し、保護層形成用塗布液とした。
(Coating liquid for forming protective layer)
A mixed solvent of ethanol and toluene (mass ratio of ethanol/toluene = 1/1) was added so that the concentration of non-volatile components was 5% by mass. to prepare a coating solution for forming a protective layer.

 (4.1.1)例1D
 積層体を、以下の方法により製造した。ここで製造する積層体は、図4に示す積層体10Dに対し、中間層7とガスバリア層3との間にアンカーコート層を含み、ガスバリア層3が無機化合物層と被覆層からなる積層体である。
(4.1.1) Example 1D
A laminate was produced by the following method. Unlike the laminate 10D shown in FIG. 4, the laminate produced here includes an anchor coat layer between the intermediate layer 7 and the gas barrier layer 3, and the gas barrier layer 3 is a laminate composed of an inorganic compound layer and a coating layer. be.

 先ず、基材層2及び中間層7として、以下のフィルムを準備した。準備したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.23であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。 First, as the base material layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7, the following films were prepared. The prepared film consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.23, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/ cm 3 and is corona treated on one side.

 次に、基材層2の一方の表面にコロナ処理を行った後、上述した保護層形成用塗布液をグラビアコート法により塗布して乾燥し、厚さ0.5μmの保護層1を形成した。 
 次に、基材層2の他方のコロナ処理面に、水性フレキソインキを用いてパターンを印刷し、印刷層4を形成した。
Next, one surface of the substrate layer 2 was subjected to corona treatment, and then the protective layer-forming coating solution described above was applied by gravure coating and dried to form a protective layer 1 having a thickness of 0.5 μm. .
Next, a pattern was printed on the other corona-treated surface of the substrate layer 2 using water-based flexographic ink to form a printed layer 4 .

 次に、中間層7の一方の表面にコロナ処理を行った後、グラビアコート法により上述したアンカーコート剤を塗布し、厚さ0.1μm(乾燥状態)のアンカーコート層を形成した。次いで、電子ビーム加熱方式の真空蒸着装置を用い、ガスバリア層3として、酸化ケイ素(SiO)蒸着膜で構成された厚さ40nmの無機化合物層を形成し、さらに、上述した被覆層形成用塗布液を塗布し、厚さ300nm(乾燥状態)の被覆層を形成した。 Next, one surface of the intermediate layer 7 was subjected to corona treatment, and then the anchor coating agent described above was applied by gravure coating to form an anchor coating layer having a thickness of 0.1 μm (dry state). Next, an inorganic compound layer with a thickness of 40 nm composed of a silicon oxide (SiO x ) vapor deposition film is formed as the gas barrier layer 3 using an electron beam heating type vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the above coating layer forming coating is applied. The liquid was applied to form a coating layer with a thickness of 300 nm (dry state).

 次に、印刷層4の上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第1接着剤層5Aを形成し、印刷層4及び第1接着剤層5Aを介して、中間層7と基材層2とを貼り合わせた。 Next, a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer 4 to form the first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the base layer 2 are connected via the printed layer 4 and the first adhesive layer 5A. pasted together.

 次に、シーラント層6を準備し、シーラント層6の上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第2接着剤層5Bを形成し、ガスバリア層3と第2接着剤層5Bとを介して、中間層7とシーラント層6とを貼り合わせた。シーラント層の材料としては、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン樹脂(LLDPE)フィルム(厚さ60μm)を使用した。 Next, a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form a second adhesive layer 5B, and an intermediate adhesive layer 5B is formed via the gas barrier layer 3 and the second adhesive layer 5B. Layer 7 and sealant layer 6 were laminated together. A linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) film (60 μm thick) was used as the material for the sealant layer.

 このようにして、例1Dに係る積層体を製造した。 Thus, a laminate according to Example 1D was manufactured.

 (4.1.2)例2D
 基材層2及び中間層7として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は、例1Dに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例2Dに係る積層体を製造した。使用したフィルムはポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(4.1.2) Example 2D
A laminate according to Example 2D was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1D, except that the following films were used as the base material layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7 . The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.30 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/cm. 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.

 (4.1.3)例3D
 保護層1を設けなかったこと、及び、中間層7として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は例2Dに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例3Dに係る積層体を製造した。使用したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.04であり、ヘイズが21.5%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(4.1.3) Example 3D
A laminate according to Example 3D was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 2D except that the protective layer 1 was not provided and the following film was used as the intermediate layer 7. The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.04 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 21.5%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/m. cm 3 and is corona treated on one side.

 (4.1.4)比較例1D
 保護層1を設けなかったこと、及び、基材層2及び中間層7として、以下のフィルムを使用したこと以外は例1Dに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例1Dに係る積層体を製造した。使用したフィルムは、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.04であり、ヘイズが21.5%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(4.1.4) Comparative Example 1D
A laminate according to Comparative Example 1D was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1D except that the protective layer 1 was not provided and the following films were used as the base layer 2 and the intermediate layer 7. manufactured. The film used consisted of polyethylene and had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.04 as measured by the method described above, a haze of 21.5%, a thickness of 25 μm and a density of 0.950 g/m. cm 3 and is corona treated on one side.

 (4.2)測定及び評価方法
 上記の積層体について、耐熱性、視認性及びリサイクル性を評価した。また、上記の積層体について、突き刺し強度を測定した。耐熱性、視認性及びリサイクル性の評価方法と、突き刺し強度の測定方法とを以下に記載する。
(4.2) Measurement and evaluation methods Heat resistance, visibility, and recyclability of the laminate were evaluated. In addition, the puncture strength of the laminate was measured. Methods for evaluating heat resistance, visibility and recyclability, and methods for measuring puncture strength are described below.

 (4.2.1)140℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm×10cmに切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層6が内側になるようにサンプル片を折り、サンプル片をヒートシールした。ヒートシールは、サンプル片へ、140℃の温度及び0.1MPaの圧力を1秒間加えることによって行った。サンプル片の外観に対し、下記基準により耐熱性を評価した。
 A:表面が溶融しておらず、外観上の問題なし。
 B:表面が溶融しており、外観上の問題あり。
(4.2.1) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 140°C A sample piece of 10 cm x 10 cm was obtained by cutting out the laminate. Next, the sample piece was folded so that the sealant layer 6 was on the inside, and the sample piece was heat-sealed. Heat sealing was performed by applying a temperature of 140° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa to the sample piece for 1 second. The appearance of the sample piece was evaluated for heat resistance according to the following criteria.
A: The surface is not melted, and there is no problem in appearance.
B: The surface is melted and there is a problem in appearance.

 (4.2.2)170℃及び190℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm角に切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を2つ折りにした。次に、ヒートシールテスターの下面シール温度を30℃に固定するとともに、上面シール温度を170℃に設定して、2つ折りにしたサンプル片へ0.2MPaの圧力を1秒間加えた。そして、シール面の溶融の有無を観察するとともに、2つ折りにしたサンプル片の上面のうちヒートシールバーを当てた領域がヒートシールバーに付着しているか否かを観察した。以下の評価基準に基づいて耐熱性を評価した。
A:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着しなかった。
B:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着した。
(4.2.2) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 170°C and 190°C A sample piece of 10 cm square was obtained by cutting the above laminate. The sample strip was then folded in half with the sealant layer on the inside. Next, the lower surface sealing temperature of the heat seal tester was fixed at 30° C., and the upper surface sealing temperature was set at 170° C., and a pressure of 0.2 MPa was applied to the sample piece folded in two for 1 second. Then, it was observed whether or not the sealing surface was melted, and whether or not the area of the top surface of the sample piece folded in two against which the heat seal bar was applied was adhered to the heat seal bar. Heat resistance was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The upper surface of the sample piece did not adhere to the heat seal bar.
B: The upper surface of the sample piece adhered to the heat seal bar.

 また、保護層を有している積層体については、上面シール温度を190℃に設定したこと以外は、上記と同様の方法で耐熱性を更に評価した。 In addition, the heat resistance of the laminate having a protective layer was further evaluated in the same manner as above, except that the upper surface sealing temperature was set to 190°C.

 (4.2.3)視認性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、印刷層4が表示するパターンを保護層1側から目視により観察し、下記基準により視認性を評価した。
 A:印刷層が表示するパターンを鮮明に確認できる。
 B:印刷層が表示するパターンがぼやけて不鮮明であり、且つ薄い。
(4.2.3) Evaluation Method for Visibility With regard to the laminate, the pattern displayed by the printed layer 4 was visually observed from the protective layer 1 side, and the visibility was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: The pattern displayed by the printed layer can be clearly confirmed.
B: The pattern displayed by the printed layer is blurred, unclear, and thin.

 (4.2.4)突き刺し強度の測定方法
 上記の積層体の突き刺し強度(N)を、上述した方法によって測定した。
(4.2.4) Method for measuring puncture strength The puncture strength (N) of the laminate was measured by the method described above.

 (4.2.5)リサイクル性の評価
 上記の積層体について、積層体の全質量に占めるポリエチレン(PE)の含有率を算出し、下記基準によりリサイクル性を評価した。
 A:ポリエチレン(PE)含有率が90質量%以上であり、モノマテリアルとしてリサイクル性に優れる。
 B:ポリエチレン(PE)含有率が90質量%未満。
(4.2.5) Evaluation of recyclability For the above laminate, the content of polyethylene (PE) in the total mass of the laminate was calculated, and the recyclability was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: Polyethylene (PE) content is 90% by mass or more, and excellent recyclability as a monomaterial.
B: Polyethylene (PE) content is less than 90% by mass.

 (4.2.6)X線回折法によるin-plane測定
 上記の積層体の製造に使用した基材層および中間層の各々について、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を上述のとおり行った。得られた回折パターンに、(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークが得られるか否かを調べた。
(4.2.6) In-plane Measurement by X-ray Diffraction Method For each of the base layer and the intermediate layer used in the production of the above laminate, in-plane measurement by X-ray diffraction method was performed as described above. . It was examined whether sharp diffraction peaks corresponding to the (110) plane were obtained in the obtained diffraction pattern.

 (4.3)結果
 上記測定及び評価の結果を、以下の表4に示す。
(4.3) Results The results of the above measurements and evaluations are shown in Table 4 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006

 表4に示すように、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が良好であった。そして、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上であり且つ保護層を有している積層体は、耐熱性に特に優れていた。また、基材層及び中間層の双方の分子配向度が1.07以上であり且つ保護層を有している積層体は、何れも高い突き刺し強度を示した。これに対して、基材層の分子配向度が1.07未満である積層体は、耐熱性及び視認性が不十分であった。また、基材層及び中間層の双方の分子配向度が1.07未満である積層体は、低い突き刺し強度を示した。 As shown in Table 4, all of the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was 1.07 or more had good heat resistance and visibility. The laminate having the substrate layer with a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more and having a protective layer was particularly excellent in heat resistance. Moreover, the laminates in which both the substrate layer and the intermediate layer had a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more and had a protective layer exhibited high puncture strength. On the other hand, laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer is less than 1.07 were insufficient in heat resistance and visibility. Moreover, the laminate in which the degree of molecular orientation of both the base layer and the intermediate layer was less than 1.07 exhibited low puncture strength.

 (5)試験E
 (5.1)積層体の製造
 (5.1.1)例1E
 図5に示す積層体10Eを、以下の方法により製造した。
 先ず、基材層2として、以下のフィルムF1を準備した。フィルムF1は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(5) Test E
(5.1) Production of laminate (5.1.1) Example 1E
A laminate 10E shown in FIG. 5 was manufactured by the following method.
First, as the base material layer 2, the following film F1 was prepared. Film F1 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.

 次に、中間層7として、以下のフィルムF2を準備した。フィルムF2は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.02であり、ヘイズが52.9%であり、厚さが40μmであり、密度が0.949g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。 Next, as the intermediate layer 7, the following film F2 was prepared. Film F2 is made of polyethylene and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 μm, and a density of 0.949 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.

 次に、中間層7の上に、ガスバリア層3として、酸化ケイ素からなる層を形成した。ガスバリア層3の厚さは50nmであった。 Next, a layer made of silicon oxide was formed as the gas barrier layer 3 on the intermediate layer 7 . The thickness of the gas barrier layer 3 was 50 nm.

 次に、基材層2の上に、印刷層4を形成した。次に、印刷層4の上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第1接着剤層5Aを形成し、第1接着剤層5A及びガスバリア層3を介して、中間層7と基材層2とを貼り合わせた。 Next, a printed layer 4 was formed on the base material layer 2 . Next, a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer 4 to form a first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the base material layer 2 are connected via the first adhesive layer 5A and the gas barrier layer 3. pasted together.

 次に、シーラント層6を準備し、シーラント層6の上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第2接着剤層5Bを形成し、第2接着剤層5Bを介して、中間層7とシーラント層6とを貼り合わせた。シーラント層の材料としては、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)を使用した。 
 このようにして、例1Eに係る積層体を製造した。
Next, a sealant layer 6 is prepared, and a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the sealant layer 6 to form a second adhesive layer 5B. 6 was pasted together. Linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) was used as the material for the sealant layer.
Thus, a laminate according to Example 1E was produced.

 (5.1.2)例2E
 第1接着剤層5A及び第2接着剤層5Bの材料として、ウレタン系接着剤の代わりに、ポリアミン系接着剤を使用したこと以外は、例1Eに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例2Eに係る積層体を製造した。このポリアミン系接着剤はガスバリア性を有していた。
(5.1.2) Example 2E
Example 2E was prepared in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that a polyamine-based adhesive was used instead of the urethane-based adhesive as the material of the first adhesive layer 5A and the second adhesive layer 5B. A laminate according to was manufactured. This polyamine-based adhesive had gas barrier properties.

 (5.1.3)例3E
 基材層として、以下のフィルムF3を使用し、中間層として、以下のフィルムF4を使用したこと以外は、例1Eに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例3Eに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF3は、高密度ポリエチレンからなる、縦一軸延伸フィルムである。このフィルムF3は、分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが4.1であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.95g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。フィルムF4は、分子配向度が1.04であり、ヘイズが21.5であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(5.1.3) Example 3E
A laminate according to Example 3E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that the following film F3 was used as the base layer and the following film F4 was used as the intermediate layer. Film F3 is a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film made of high-density polyethylene. This film F3 has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 4.1, a thickness of 25 μm, a density of 0.95 g/cm 3 , and one-sided corona treatment. Film F4 has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a haze of 21.5, a thickness of 25 μm, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and one-sided corona treatment.

 (5.1.4)例4E
 中間層として、フィルムF1を使用したこと以外は例1Eに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例4Eに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF1は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(5.1.4) Example 4E
A laminate according to Example 4E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E except that film F1 was used as an intermediate layer. Film F1 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.

 (5.1.5)例5E
 ガスバリア層を設けなかったこと以外は、例1Eに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例5Eに係る積層体を製造した。
(5.1.5) Example 5E
A laminate according to Example 5E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that no gas barrier layer was provided.

 (5.1.6)比較例1E
 基材層として、フィルムF2を使用したこと以外は例1Eに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例1Eに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF2は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.02であり、ヘイズが52.9%であり、厚さが40μmであり、密度が0.949g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(5.1.6) Comparative Example 1E
A laminate according to Comparative Example 1E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that the film F2 was used as the base layer. Film F2 is made of polyethylene and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 μm, and a density of 0.949 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.

 (5.1.7)比較例2E
 基材層として、フィルムF2を使用し、中間層として、フィルムF3を使用したこと以外は例1Eに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例2Eに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF2は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.02であり、ヘイズが52.9%であり、厚さが40μmであり、密度が0.949g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。フィルムF3は、高密度ポリエチレンからなる、縦一軸延伸フィルムである。このフィルムF3は、分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが4.1であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.95g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(5.1.7) Comparative Example 2E
A laminate according to Comparative Example 2E was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1E, except that film F2 was used as the base layer and film F3 was used as the intermediate layer. Film F2 is made of polyethylene and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.02, a haze of 52.9%, a thickness of 40 μm, and a density of 0.949 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment. Film F3 is a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film made of high-density polyethylene. This film F3 has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 4.1, a thickness of 25 μm, a density of 0.95 g/cm 3 , and one-sided corona treatment.

 (5.2)評価方法
 上記の積層体について、耐熱性、視認性、落下強度及びガスバリア性を評価した。但し、例5Eに係る積層体のみ、ガスバリア層を有していないため、ガスバリア性の評価を行わなかった。耐熱性、視認性、落下強度及びガスバリア性の評価方法を以下に記載する。
(5.2) Evaluation method The above laminate was evaluated for heat resistance, visibility, drop strength, and gas barrier properties. However, since only the laminate according to Example 5E does not have a gas barrier layer, the gas barrier property was not evaluated. Methods for evaluating heat resistance, visibility, drop strength and gas barrier properties are described below.

 (5.2.1)140℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 先ず、上記の積層体を10cm×10cmに切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を折り、サンプル片をヒートシールした。ヒートシールは、サンプル片へ、140℃の温度及び0.1MPaの圧力を1秒間加えることによって行った。その後、サンプル片の外観を以下の基準に基づいて評価した。
A:基材層が溶融しておらず、外観上の問題がなかった。
B:基材層が溶融しており、積層体の外観に問題があった。
(5.2.1) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 140°C First, the laminate was cut into a size of 10 cm x 10 cm to obtain a sample piece. The sample strip was then folded with the sealant layer on the inside and the sample strip was heat sealed. Heat sealing was performed by applying a temperature of 140° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa to the sample piece for 1 second. After that, the appearance of the sample piece was evaluated based on the following criteria.
A: The base material layer was not melted, and there was no problem in appearance.
B: The base material layer was melted, and there was a problem with the appearance of the laminate.

 (5.2.2)170℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm角に切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を2つ折りにした。次に、ヒートシールテスターの下面シール温度を30℃に固定するとともに、上面シール温度を170℃に設定して、2つ折りにしたサンプル片へ0.2MPaの圧力を1秒間加えた。そして、シール面の溶融の有無を観察するとともに、2つ折りにしたサンプル片の上面のうちヒートシールバーを当てた領域がヒートシールバーに付着しているか否かを観察した。以下の評価基準に基づいて耐熱性を評価した。
A:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着しなかった。
B:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着した。
(5.2.2) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 170°C A sample piece of 10 cm square was obtained by cutting the above laminate. The sample strip was then folded in half with the sealant layer on the inside. Next, the lower surface sealing temperature of the heat seal tester was fixed at 30° C., and the upper surface sealing temperature was set at 170° C., and a pressure of 0.2 MPa was applied to the sample piece folded in two for 1 second. Then, the presence or absence of melting of the sealing surface was observed, and it was also observed whether or not the area of the upper surface of the sample piece folded in two against which the heat seal bar was applied adhered to the heat seal bar. Heat resistance was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The upper surface of the sample piece did not adhere to the heat seal bar.
B: The upper surface of the sample piece adhered to the heat seal bar.

 (5.2.3)視認性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、基材層側から積層体を観察した場合に、印刷層が表示するパターンが鮮明に見えるか否かを以下の基準に基づいて評価した。
A:印刷層が表示するパターンが鮮明に見えた。
B:印刷層が表示するパターンがぼやけており、且つ薄かった。
(5.2.3) Visibility evaluation method Regarding the above laminate, when the laminate is observed from the base material layer side, whether the pattern displayed by the printed layer can be clearly seen is based on the following criteria. evaluated.
A: The pattern displayed by the printed layer was clearly visible.
B: The pattern displayed by the printed layer was blurred and thin.

 (5.2.4)落下強度の評価方法
 先ず、上記の積層体を用いて、包装体を10個作製した。包装体には内容物を収容するための開口部を設けた。包装体の寸法は100mm×150mmとした。次に、各包装体の中に水道水を200ml充填し、包装体の開口部をヒートシールして包装物品を得た。次に、各包装物品を5℃で1日間保管し、その後1.5mの高さから50回落下させて包装物品が破れたか否かを評価した。
(5.2.4) Evaluation method of drop strength First, 10 packages were produced using the laminate. The package was provided with an opening for containing the contents. The dimensions of the package were 100 mm×150 mm. Next, each package was filled with 200 ml of tap water, and the opening of the package was heat-sealed to obtain a packaged article. Next, each packaged article was stored at 5° C. for 1 day and then dropped from a height of 1.5 m 50 times to evaluate whether the packaged article was torn.

 評価結果は、作製した包装物品の数に対する、落下により破れた包装物品の数の割合により表す。  Evaluation results are expressed as the ratio of the number of packaged items that were torn due to falling to the number of packaged items that were produced.

 (5.2.5)ガスバリア性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、30℃、相対湿度70%における酸素透過速度(Oxygen Transmission Rate、OTR)を測定し、この値が10cc/(m・day・atm)を超えるか否かに基づいてガスバリア性を評価した。酸素透過速度はJIS K7126-2:2006の附属書Bに記載の方法に則って測定した。
A:酸素透過度が10cc/(m・day・atm)未満であった。
B:酸素透過度が10cc/(m・day・atm)以上であった。
(5.2.5) Method for evaluating gas barrier properties The above laminate was measured for an oxygen transmission rate (OTR ) at 30°C and a relative humidity of 70%.・The gas barrier property was evaluated based on whether or not it exceeded atm). The oxygen transmission rate was measured according to the method described in Appendix B of JIS K7126-2:2006.
A: The oxygen permeability was less than 10 cc/(m 2 ·day·atm).
B: The oxygen permeability was 10 cc/(m 2 ·day·atm) or more.

 (5.2.6)X線回折法によるin-plane測定
 上記の積層体の製造に使用した基材層および中間層の各々について、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を上述のとおり行った。得られた回折パターンに、(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークが得られるか否かを調べた。
(5.2.6) In-plane measurement by X-ray diffraction method For each of the base layer and the intermediate layer used in the production of the laminate, in-plane measurement by X-ray diffraction method was performed as described above. . It was examined whether sharp diffraction peaks corresponding to the (110) plane were obtained in the obtained diffraction pattern.

 (5.3)結果
 上記評価の結果を、以下の表5に示す。
(5.3) Results The results of the above evaluation are shown in Table 5 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007

 表5に示すように、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が良好であった。そして、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上であり且つ中間層の分子配向度が1.07以下である積層体は、落下強度に優れていた。これに対して、基材層の分子配向度が1.07未満である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が不十分であった。 As shown in Table 5, all of the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was 1.07 or more had good heat resistance and visibility. The laminate in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was 1.07 or more and the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer was 1.07 or less was excellent in drop strength. On the other hand, the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was less than 1.07 were both insufficient in heat resistance and visibility.

 (6)試験F
 (6.1)積層体の製造
 (6.1.0)塗布液の調製
 (アンカーコート剤の調製)
 アクリルポリオールとトリレンジイソシアネートとを、アクリルポリオールのOH基の数に対してトリレンジイソシアネートのNCO基の数が等量となるように混合し、全固形分(アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量)が5質量%になるよう酢酸エチルで希釈した。希釈後の混合液に、さらにβ-(3,4エポキシシクロヘキシル)トリメトキシシランを、アクリルポリオール及びトリレンジイソシアネートの合計量100質量部に対して5質量部となるように添加し、これらを混合することでアンカーコート剤を調製した。
(6) Test F
(6.1) Production of laminate (6.1.0) Preparation of coating liquid (Preparation of anchor coating agent)
Acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate are mixed so that the number of NCO groups of tolylene diisocyanate is equal to the number of OH groups of acrylic polyol, and the total solid content (total amount of acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate ) was diluted with ethyl acetate to 5% by mass. β-(3,4 Epoxycyclohexyl)trimethoxysilane was further added to the mixed solution after dilution so as to be 5 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of 100 parts by mass of acrylic polyol and tolylene diisocyanate, and these were mixed. An anchor coating agent was prepared by doing so.

 (被覆層形成のための塗布液の調製)
 下記のA液、B液及びC液を、それぞれ70/20/10の質量比で混合することで、オーバーコート剤を調製した。
(Preparation of coating liquid for coating layer formation)
An overcoat agent was prepared by mixing the following A liquid, B liquid, and C liquid at a mass ratio of 70/20/10, respectively.

 A液:テトラエトキシシラン(Si(OC)17.9gとメタノール10gに0.1N塩酸72.1gを加えて30分間攪拌して加水分解させた固形分5質量%(SiO換算)の加水分解溶液。
 B液:ポリビニルアルコールの5質量%水/メタノール溶液(水:メタノールの質量比は95:5)。
 C液:1,3,5-トリス(3-トリアルコキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレートを水/イソプロピルアルコールの混合液(水:イソプロピルアルコールの質量比は1:1)で固形分5質量%に希釈した加水分解溶液。
Solution A : Solid content of 5% by mass ( SiO 2 equivalent) hydrolysis solution.
B solution: 5 mass % water/methanol solution of polyvinyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:methanol is 95:5).
Solution C: 1,3,5-tris(3-trialkoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate was diluted with a mixture of water/isopropyl alcohol (mass ratio of water:isopropyl alcohol was 1:1) to a solid content of 5% by mass. Hydrolysis solution.

 (保護層形成のための塗布液)
 東洋紡製のポリアミドイミドを含む有機溶剤系の塗布液(バイロマックス(登録商標)HR-15ET)を不揮発成分濃度が5質量%となるように、溶剤(エタノール/トルエン=1/1)で希釈し、保護層形成のための塗布液とした。
(Coating liquid for forming protective layer)
An organic solvent-based coating liquid (Vylomax (registered trademark) HR-15ET) containing polyamideimide manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. was diluted with a solvent (ethanol/toluene = 1/1) so that the concentration of non-volatile components was 5% by mass. , was used as a coating solution for forming a protective layer.

 (6.1.1)例1F
 図6に示す積層体10Fを、以下の方法により製造した。 
 先ず、基材層2として、以下のフィルムF11を準備した。フィルムF11は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度(MOR)が1.23であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(6.1.1) Example 1F
A laminate 10F shown in FIG. 6 was manufactured by the following method.
First, as the base material layer 2, the following film F11 was prepared. Film F11 was made of polyethylene, had a degree of molecular orientation (MOR) of 1.23 as measured by the method described above, a thickness of 25 μm, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and was subjected to corona treatment on one side. It is

 次に、基材層2の一方の表面にコロナ処理を行った後、上述した保護層形成のための塗布液をグラビアコート法により塗布して乾燥し、厚さ0.5μmの保護層を形成した。 Next, after performing corona treatment on one surface of the base material layer 2, the coating liquid for forming the protective layer described above is applied by a gravure coating method and dried to form a protective layer with a thickness of 0.5 μm. bottom.

 次に基材層2の反対側の表面にコロナ処理を行い、水性フレキソインキを用いてパターンを印刷し印刷層4を形成した。 Next, the surface opposite to the base material layer 2 was subjected to corona treatment, and a pattern was printed using water-based flexographic ink to form the printed layer 4 .

 次に、中間層7として、以下のフィルムF12を準備した。フィルムF12は、ポリエチレンからなり、分子配向度が1.04であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。 Next, as the intermediate layer 7, the following film F12 was prepared. Film F12 is made of polyethylene, has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a thickness of 25 μm, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.

 次に、中間層7の上に、ガスバリア層3として、酸化ケイ素(SiO)蒸着膜で構成された厚さ40nmの無機化合物層を形成し、さらに、有機無機皮膜混合液を塗布し、厚さ0.3μmの被覆層を形成した。 Next, on the intermediate layer 7, as the gas barrier layer 3, an inorganic compound layer with a thickness of 40 nm composed of a silicon oxide (SiO x ) deposited film is formed, and furthermore, an organic/inorganic film mixed solution is applied to obtain a thick film. A coating layer with a thickness of 0.3 μm was formed.

 次に、印刷層4の上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第1接着剤層5Aを形成し、印刷層4及び第1接着剤層5Aを介して、中間層7と基材層2とを貼り合わせた。 Next, a urethane-based adhesive is applied onto the printed layer 4 to form the first adhesive layer 5A, and the intermediate layer 7 and the base layer 2 are connected via the printed layer 4 and the first adhesive layer 5A. pasted together.

 次に、シーラント層6を準備し、ガスバリア層3の上にウレタン系接着剤を塗布して第2接着剤層5Bを形成し、ガスバリア層3と第2接着剤層5Bとを介して、中間層7とシーラント層6とを貼り合わせた。シーラント層の材料としては、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)を使用した。
 このようにして、例1Fに係る積層体を製造した。
Next, a sealant layer 6 is prepared, a urethane-based adhesive is applied on the gas barrier layer 3 to form a second adhesive layer 5B, and an intermediate adhesive layer 5B is formed via the gas barrier layer 3 and the second adhesive layer 5B. Layer 7 and sealant layer 6 were laminated together. Linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) was used as the material for the sealant layer.
Thus, a laminate according to Example 1F was produced.

 (6.1.2)例2F
 基材層2として、以下のフィルムF13を使用したこと以外は、例1Fに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例2Fに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF13は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(6.1.2) Example 2F
A laminate according to Example 2F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F, except that the following film F13 was used as the base material layer 2 . Film F13 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.

 (6.1.3)例3F
 基材層2として、フィルムF13を使用し、中間層7として、フィルムF14を使用し、保護層1を省略したこと以外は例1Fに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例3Fに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF13は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。フィルムF14は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(6.1.3) Example 3F
The laminate according to Example 3F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F except that the film F13 was used as the base layer 2, the film F14 was used as the intermediate layer 7, and the protective layer 1 was omitted. manufactured. Film F13 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment. Film F14 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.

 (6.1.4)例4F
 保護層1を省略したこと以外は例1Fに係る積層体と同様の方法により、例4Fに係る積層体を製造した。
(6.1.4) Example 4F
A laminate according to Example 4F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F, except that the protective layer 1 was omitted.

 (6.1.5)比較例1F
 基材層2として、フィルムF12を使用し、中間層7として、フィルムF14を使用し、保護層1を省略したこと以外は例1Fに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例1Fに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF12は、ポリエチレンからなり、分子配向度が1.04であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。フィルムF14は、ポリエチレンからなり、上述した方法によって測定した分子配向度が1.30であり、ヘイズが1.6%であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(6.1.5) Comparative Example 1F
Lamination according to Comparative Example 1F was performed in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F except that the film F12 was used as the base layer 2, the film F14 was used as the intermediate layer 7, and the protective layer 1 was omitted. manufactured the body. Film F12 is made of polyethylene, has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a thickness of 25 μm, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and is corona-treated on one side. Film F14 is made of polyethylene, and has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.30, a haze of 1.6%, a thickness of 25 μm, and a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 as measured by the method described above. , with one-sided corona treatment.

 (6.1.6)比較例2F
 基材層2として、フィルムF12を使用し、保護層1を省略したこと以外は例1Fに係る積層体と同様の方法により、比較例2Fに係る積層体を製造した。フィルムF12は、ポリエチレンからなり、分子配向度が1.04であり、厚さが25μmであり、密度が0.950g/cmであり、片面コロナ処理が施されている。
(6.1.6) Comparative Example 2F
A laminate according to Comparative Example 2F was produced in the same manner as the laminate according to Example 1F, except that the film F12 was used as the base material layer 2 and the protective layer 1 was omitted. Film F12 is made of polyethylene, has a degree of molecular orientation of 1.04, a thickness of 25 μm, a density of 0.950 g/cm 3 , and is corona-treated on one side.

 (6.2)評価方法
 上記の積層体について、耐熱性、視認性、落下強度及びリサイクル性を評価した。耐熱性、視認性、落下強度及びリサイクル性の評価方法を以下に記載する。
(6.2) Evaluation method The above laminate was evaluated for heat resistance, visibility, drop strength, and recyclability. Methods for evaluating heat resistance, visibility, drop strength and recyclability are described below.

 (6.2.1)140℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 先ず、上記の積層体を10cm×10cmに切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を折り、サンプル片をヒートシールした。ヒートシールは、ヒートシールテスターを用いて、サンプル片へ140℃の温度及び0.1MPaの圧力を1秒間加えることによって行った。その後、サンプル片の外観を以下の基準に基づいて評価した。
 A:表面が溶融しておらず、外観上の問題がなかった。
 B:表面が溶融しており、積層体の外観に問題があった。
(6.2.1) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 140°C First, the laminate was cut into a size of 10 cm x 10 cm to obtain a sample piece. The sample strip was then folded with the sealant layer on the inside and the sample strip was heat sealed. Heat sealing was performed by applying a temperature of 140° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa to the sample piece for 1 second using a heat seal tester. After that, the appearance of the sample piece was evaluated based on the following criteria.
A: The surface was not melted and there was no problem in appearance.
B: The surface was melted, and there was a problem with the appearance of the laminate.

 (6.2.2)170℃及び190℃における耐熱性の評価方法
 上記の積層体を、10cm角に切り出してサンプル片を得た。次に、シーラント層が内側になるようにサンプル片を2つ折りにした。次に、ヒートシールテスターの下面シール温度を30℃に固定するとともに、上面シール温度を170℃に設定して、2つ折りにしたサンプル片へ0.2MPaの圧力を1秒間加えた。そして、シール面の溶融の有無を観察するとともに、2つ折りにしたサンプル片の上面のうちヒートシールバーを当てた領域がヒートシールバーに付着しているか否かを観察した。以下の評価基準に基づいて耐熱性を評価した。
A:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着しなかった。
B:サンプル片の上面がヒートシールバーへ付着した。
(6.2.2) Method for evaluating heat resistance at 170°C and 190°C A sample piece of 10 cm square was obtained by cutting the above laminate. The sample strip was then folded in half with the sealant layer on the inside. Next, the lower surface sealing temperature of the heat seal tester was fixed at 30° C., and the upper surface sealing temperature was set at 170° C., and a pressure of 0.2 MPa was applied to the sample piece folded in two for 1 second. Then, the presence or absence of melting of the sealing surface was observed, and it was also observed whether or not the area of the upper surface of the sample piece folded in two against which the heat seal bar was applied adhered to the heat seal bar. Heat resistance was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
A: The upper surface of the sample piece did not adhere to the heat seal bar.
B: The upper surface of the sample piece adhered to the heat seal bar.

 また、保護層を有している積層体については、上面シール温度を190℃に設定したこと以外は、上記と同様の方法で耐熱性を更に評価した。 In addition, the heat resistance of the laminate having a protective layer was further evaluated in the same manner as above, except that the upper surface sealing temperature was set to 190°C.

 (6.2.3)視認性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、インキ層が形成された面と反対側の面から、基材越しに画像を目視観察し、官能評価した。評価は、以下の2段階とした。
 A:画像が明瞭に視認できる。
 B:画像が曇って見える。
(6.2.3) Evaluation Method of Visibility For the above laminate, the image was visually observed through the substrate from the side opposite to the side on which the ink layer was formed, and sensory evaluation was performed. Evaluation was made into the following two grades.
A: The image is clearly visible.
B: The image looks cloudy.

 (6.2.4)落下強度の評価方法
 先ず、上記の積層体を用いて、包装体として袋を10個作製した。包装体には内容物を収容するための開口部を設けた。包装体の寸法は100mm×150mmとした。次に、各包装体の中に水道水を200ml充填し、包装体の開口部をヒートシールして包装物品を得た。次に、各包装物品を5℃で1日間保管し、その後1.5mの高さから50回落下させて包装物品が破れたか否かを評価した。
(6.2.4) Evaluation method of drop strength First, 10 bags were produced as packages using the laminate. The package was provided with an opening for containing the contents. The dimensions of the package were 100 mm×150 mm. Next, each package was filled with 200 ml of tap water, and the opening of the package was heat-sealed to obtain a packaged article. Next, each packaged article was stored at 5° C. for 1 day and then dropped from a height of 1.5 m 50 times to evaluate whether the packaged article was torn.

 評価結果は、作製した包装物品の数に対する、落下により包装体が破れた包装物品の数の割合により表す。  Evaluation results are expressed as the ratio of the number of packaged goods whose packaging body was torn due to falling to the number of manufactured packaged goods.

 (6.2.5)リサイクル性の評価方法
 上記の積層体について、積層体の全質量に占めるポリエチレンの割合を算出し、下記基準によりリサイクル性を評価した。
A:積層体に占めるポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上である。
B:積層体に占めるポリエチレンの割合が90質量%未満である。
(6.2.5) Recyclability Evaluation Method Regarding the above laminate, the proportion of polyethylene in the total mass of the laminate was calculated, and the recyclability was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: The proportion of polyethylene in the laminate is 90% by mass or more.
B: The proportion of polyethylene in the laminate is less than 90% by mass.

 (6.2.6)X線回折法によるin-plane測定
 上記の積層体の製造に使用した基材層および中間層の各々について、X線回折法によるin-plane測定を上述のとおり行った。得られた回折パターンに、(110)面に対応したシャープな回折ピークが得られるか否かを調べた。
(6.2.6) In-plane Measurement by X-ray Diffraction Method For each of the base layer and the intermediate layer used in the production of the above laminate, in-plane measurement by X-ray diffraction method was performed as described above. . It was examined whether sharp diffraction peaks corresponding to the (110) plane were obtained in the obtained diffraction pattern.

 (6.3)結果
 上記評価の結果を、以下の表6に示す。
(6.3) Results The results of the above evaluation are shown in Table 6 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008

 表6に示すように、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が良好であった。そして、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上であり且つ保護層を有している積層体は、耐熱性に特に優れていた。また、基材層の分子配向度が1.07以上であり且つ中間層の分子配向度が1.07以下である積層体は、落下強度に優れていた。これに対して、基材層の分子配向度が1.07未満である積層体は、何れも耐熱性及び視認性が不十分であった。 As shown in Table 6, all of the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was 1.07 or more had good heat resistance and visibility. The laminate having the substrate layer with a degree of molecular orientation of 1.07 or more and having a protective layer was particularly excellent in heat resistance. Moreover, the laminate in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was 1.07 or more and the degree of molecular orientation of the intermediate layer was 1.07 or less was excellent in drop strength. On the other hand, the laminates in which the degree of molecular orientation of the substrate layer was less than 1.07 were both insufficient in heat resistance and visibility.

 1…保護層、2…基材層、3…ガスバリア層、4…印刷層、5…接着剤層、5A…第1接着剤層、5B…第2接着剤層、6…シーラント層、7…中間層、10A…積層体、10B…積層体、10C…積層体、10D…積層体、10E…積層体、10F…積層体、100A…包装物品、100B…包装物品、100C…包装物品、110A…包装体、110B…包装体、110C…包装体、110C1…容器本体、110C2…口部材、110C3…蓋体 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1... Protective layer 2... Base material layer 3... Gas barrier layer 4... Printing layer 5... Adhesive layer 5A... First adhesive layer 5B... Second adhesive layer 6... Sealant layer 7... Intermediate layer 10A Laminate 10B Laminate 10C Laminate 10D Laminate 10E Laminate 10F Laminate 100A Packaged article 100B Packaged article 100C Packaged article 110A Package, 110B... Package, 110C... Package, 110C1... Container body, 110C2... Mouth member, 110C3... Lid

Claims (15)

 基材層と接着剤層とシーラント層とをこの順序で備え、
 前記基材層と前記シーラント層とはポリエチレンを含み、
 前記基材層は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以上である積層体。
comprising a substrate layer, an adhesive layer and a sealant layer in this order,
The base layer and the sealant layer comprise polyethylene,
The substrate layer is a laminate having an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more.
 前記基材層と前記シーラント層との間に介在し、ポリエチレンを含んだ中間層を更に備えた請求項1に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 1, further comprising an intermediate layer containing polyethylene interposed between the base material layer and the sealant layer.  前記中間層は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以下である請求項2に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 2, wherein the intermediate layer has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or less.  前記中間層は、マイクロ波法により測定される分子配向度の絶対値が1.07以上である請求項2に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 2, wherein the intermediate layer has an absolute value of the degree of molecular orientation measured by a microwave method of 1.07 or more.  前記基材層を間に挟んで前記シーラント層と向き合った最表層としての保護層を更に備えた請求項1乃至4の何れか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a protective layer as an outermost layer facing the sealant layer with the base layer interposed therebetween.  前記保護層は熱硬化型樹脂からなる請求項5に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 5, wherein the protective layer is made of a thermosetting resin.  前記基材層は二軸延伸フィルムである請求項1乃至6の何れか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the base material layer is a biaxially stretched film.  前記基材層は一軸延伸フィルムである請求項1乃至6の何れか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the base material layer is a uniaxially stretched film.  前記基材層と前記シーラント層との間に介在したガスバリア層を更に備えた請求項1乃至8の何れか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a gas barrier layer interposed between the base material layer and the sealant layer.  前記接着剤層はガスバリア性である請求項1乃至9の何れか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the adhesive layer has gas barrier properties.  前記シーラント層は白色である請求項1乃至10の何れか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the sealant layer is white.  ポリエチレンの割合が90質量%以上である請求項1乃至11の何れか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the proportion of polyethylene is 90% by mass or more.  請求項1乃至12の何れか1項に記載の積層体を含んだ包装体。 A package containing the laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 12.  スタンディングパウチである請求項13に記載の包装体。 The package according to claim 13, which is a standing pouch.  請求項13又は14に記載の包装体と、これに収容された内容物とを含んだ包装物品。 A packaged article containing the package according to claim 13 or 14 and the contents accommodated therein.
PCT/JP2022/033185 2021-09-03 2022-09-02 Laminate, package, and packaged article Ceased WO2023033159A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023545705A JPWO2023033159A1 (en) 2021-09-03 2022-09-02

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-143856 2021-09-03
JP2021143856 2021-09-03
JP2021162540 2021-10-01
JP2021-162540 2021-10-01
JP2021-187982 2021-11-18
JP2021-187971 2021-11-18
JP2021187982 2021-11-18
JP2021187979 2021-11-18
JP2021187971 2021-11-18
JP2021-187979 2021-11-18
JP2021212391 2021-12-27
JP2021-212391 2021-12-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023033159A1 true WO2023033159A1 (en) 2023-03-09

Family

ID=85412393

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/033185 Ceased WO2023033159A1 (en) 2021-09-03 2022-09-02 Laminate, package, and packaged article

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023033159A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2023033159A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12202232B2 (en) 2018-10-12 2025-01-21 Berry Global, Inc. Machine direction-oriented polymeric film, and method of making the machine direction-oriented polymeric film

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019189092A1 (en) * 2018-03-26 2019-10-03 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate, and packaging material, packaging bag and stand-up pouch each comprising said laminate, and multi-layer substrate
JP2020157729A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminates, packaging materials, packaging bags and stand pouches
JP2020157514A (en) * 2019-03-25 2020-10-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate and packaging bag
JP2020158192A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Packaging material
JP2021054078A (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 大日本印刷株式会社 Barrier laminate, and packaging container having the barrier laminate
WO2021176948A1 (en) * 2020-03-03 2021-09-10 凸版印刷株式会社 Gas barrier laminate and packaging bag
WO2022131264A1 (en) * 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 凸版印刷株式会社 Laminate, packaging bag, and standing pouch

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019189092A1 (en) * 2018-03-26 2019-10-03 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate, and packaging material, packaging bag and stand-up pouch each comprising said laminate, and multi-layer substrate
JP2020157514A (en) * 2019-03-25 2020-10-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate and packaging bag
JP2020157729A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminates, packaging materials, packaging bags and stand pouches
JP2020158192A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Packaging material
JP2021054078A (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 大日本印刷株式会社 Barrier laminate, and packaging container having the barrier laminate
WO2021176948A1 (en) * 2020-03-03 2021-09-10 凸版印刷株式会社 Gas barrier laminate and packaging bag
WO2022131264A1 (en) * 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 凸版印刷株式会社 Laminate, packaging bag, and standing pouch

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12202232B2 (en) 2018-10-12 2025-01-21 Berry Global, Inc. Machine direction-oriented polymeric film, and method of making the machine direction-oriented polymeric film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2023033159A1 (en) 2023-03-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7343067B2 (en) Laminates, packages and packaged articles
WO2023033159A1 (en) Laminate, package, and packaged article
US20240262090A1 (en) Laminate, package, and packaged article
WO2023062963A1 (en) Laminate, packaging material, and packaged article
JP7473040B1 (en) Stand-up pouches and packaging articles
CN117940283A (en) Laminate, package, and packaged article
JP7779019B2 (en) Laminate, and packaging material and packaging bag using same
JP2024159956A (en) Stand-up pouches and packaging articles
JP2024159957A (en) Stand-up pouches and packaging articles
CN118043204A (en) Laminated body, packaged body, and packaged article
JP2024051484A (en) Stretched polyethylene film, packaging material and food packaging body
JP2024051697A (en) Drawn polyethylene film, packaging material, and food package
WO2025100420A1 (en) Laminate and packaging container
JP2024051698A (en) Stretched polyethylene film, packaging material and food packaging body
JP2025117466A (en) Laminated film, its manufacturing method, and packaging material
WO2024071085A1 (en) Stretched polyethylene film, packaging material, and food packaged body
WO2024071084A1 (en) Stretched polyethylene film, packaging material, food packaging

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22864741

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023545705

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22864741

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1